clang  8.0.0
Type.h
Go to the documentation of this file.
1 //===- Type.h - C Language Family Type Representation -----------*- C++ -*-===//
2 //
3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 /// \file
11 /// C Language Family Type Representation
12 ///
13 /// This file defines the clang::Type interface and subclasses, used to
14 /// represent types for languages in the C family.
15 //
16 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
17 
18 #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H
19 #define LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H
20 
22 #include "clang/AST/TemplateName.h"
24 #include "clang/Basic/AttrKinds.h"
25 #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/Linkage.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
32 #include "clang/Basic/Visibility.h"
33 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
34 #include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h"
35 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
36 #include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
37 #include "llvm/ADT/None.h"
38 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
39 #include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
40 #include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h"
41 #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
42 #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
43 #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h"
44 #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
45 #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
46 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
47 #include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h"
48 #include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h"
49 #include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h"
50 #include <cassert>
51 #include <cstddef>
52 #include <cstdint>
53 #include <cstring>
54 #include <string>
55 #include <type_traits>
56 #include <utility>
57 
58 namespace clang {
59 
60 class ExtQuals;
61 class QualType;
62 class TagDecl;
63 class Type;
64 
65 enum {
68 };
69 
70 } // namespace clang
71 
72 namespace llvm {
73 
74  template <typename T>
75  struct PointerLikeTypeTraits;
76  template<>
78  static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::Type *P) { return P; }
79 
81  return static_cast< ::clang::Type*>(P);
82  }
83 
84  enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits };
85  };
86 
87  template<>
89  static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::ExtQuals *P) { return P; }
90 
91  static inline ::clang::ExtQuals *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
92  return static_cast< ::clang::ExtQuals*>(P);
93  }
94 
95  enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits };
96  };
97 
98  template <>
99  struct isPodLike<clang::QualType> { static const bool value = true; };
100 
101 } // namespace llvm
102 
103 namespace clang {
104 
105 class ASTContext;
106 template <typename> class CanQual;
107 class CXXRecordDecl;
108 class DeclContext;
109 class EnumDecl;
110 class Expr;
111 class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase;
112 class FunctionDecl;
113 class IdentifierInfo;
114 class NamedDecl;
115 class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
116 class ObjCProtocolDecl;
117 class ObjCTypeParamDecl;
118 struct PrintingPolicy;
119 class RecordDecl;
120 class Stmt;
121 class TagDecl;
122 class TemplateArgument;
123 class TemplateArgumentListInfo;
124 class TemplateArgumentLoc;
125 class TemplateTypeParmDecl;
126 class TypedefNameDecl;
127 class UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl;
128 
129 using CanQualType = CanQual<Type>;
130 
131 // Provide forward declarations for all of the *Type classes.
132 #define TYPE(Class, Base) class Class##Type;
133 #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
134 
135 /// The collection of all-type qualifiers we support.
136 /// Clang supports five independent qualifiers:
137 /// * C99: const, volatile, and restrict
138 /// * MS: __unaligned
139 /// * Embedded C (TR18037): address spaces
140 /// * Objective C: the GC attributes (none, weak, or strong)
141 class Qualifiers {
142 public:
143  enum TQ { // NOTE: These flags must be kept in sync with DeclSpec::TQ.
144  Const = 0x1,
145  Restrict = 0x2,
146  Volatile = 0x4,
147  CVRMask = Const | Volatile | Restrict
148  };
149 
150  enum GC {
151  GCNone = 0,
153  Strong
154  };
155 
157  /// There is no lifetime qualification on this type.
159 
160  /// This object can be modified without requiring retains or
161  /// releases.
163 
164  /// Assigning into this object requires the old value to be
165  /// released and the new value to be retained. The timing of the
166  /// release of the old value is inexact: it may be moved to
167  /// immediately after the last known point where the value is
168  /// live.
170 
171  /// Reading or writing from this object requires a barrier call.
173 
174  /// Assigning into this object requires a lifetime extension.
175  OCL_Autoreleasing
176  };
177 
178  enum {
179  /// The maximum supported address space number.
180  /// 23 bits should be enough for anyone.
181  MaxAddressSpace = 0x7fffffu,
182 
183  /// The width of the "fast" qualifier mask.
184  FastWidth = 3,
185 
186  /// The fast qualifier mask.
187  FastMask = (1 << FastWidth) - 1
188  };
189 
190  /// Returns the common set of qualifiers while removing them from
191  /// the given sets.
193  // If both are only CVR-qualified, bit operations are sufficient.
194  if (!(L.Mask & ~CVRMask) && !(R.Mask & ~CVRMask)) {
195  Qualifiers Q;
196  Q.Mask = L.Mask & R.Mask;
197  L.Mask &= ~Q.Mask;
198  R.Mask &= ~Q.Mask;
199  return Q;
200  }
201 
202  Qualifiers Q;
203  unsigned CommonCRV = L.getCVRQualifiers() & R.getCVRQualifiers();
204  Q.addCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV);
205  L.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV);
206  R.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV);
207 
208  if (L.getObjCGCAttr() == R.getObjCGCAttr()) {
210  L.removeObjCGCAttr();
211  R.removeObjCGCAttr();
212  }
213 
214  if (L.getObjCLifetime() == R.getObjCLifetime()) {
216  L.removeObjCLifetime();
217  R.removeObjCLifetime();
218  }
219 
220  if (L.getAddressSpace() == R.getAddressSpace()) {
222  L.removeAddressSpace();
223  R.removeAddressSpace();
224  }
225  return Q;
226  }
227 
228  static Qualifiers fromFastMask(unsigned Mask) {
229  Qualifiers Qs;
230  Qs.addFastQualifiers(Mask);
231  return Qs;
232  }
233 
234  static Qualifiers fromCVRMask(unsigned CVR) {
235  Qualifiers Qs;
236  Qs.addCVRQualifiers(CVR);
237  return Qs;
238  }
239 
240  static Qualifiers fromCVRUMask(unsigned CVRU) {
241  Qualifiers Qs;
242  Qs.addCVRUQualifiers(CVRU);
243  return Qs;
244  }
245 
246  // Deserialize qualifiers from an opaque representation.
247  static Qualifiers fromOpaqueValue(unsigned opaque) {
248  Qualifiers Qs;
249  Qs.Mask = opaque;
250  return Qs;
251  }
252 
253  // Serialize these qualifiers into an opaque representation.
254  unsigned getAsOpaqueValue() const {
255  return Mask;
256  }
257 
258  bool hasConst() const { return Mask & Const; }
259  bool hasOnlyConst() const { return Mask == Const; }
260  void removeConst() { Mask &= ~Const; }
261  void addConst() { Mask |= Const; }
262 
263  bool hasVolatile() const { return Mask & Volatile; }
264  bool hasOnlyVolatile() const { return Mask == Volatile; }
265  void removeVolatile() { Mask &= ~Volatile; }
266  void addVolatile() { Mask |= Volatile; }
267 
268  bool hasRestrict() const { return Mask & Restrict; }
269  bool hasOnlyRestrict() const { return Mask == Restrict; }
270  void removeRestrict() { Mask &= ~Restrict; }
271  void addRestrict() { Mask |= Restrict; }
272 
273  bool hasCVRQualifiers() const { return getCVRQualifiers(); }
274  unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const { return Mask & CVRMask; }
275  unsigned getCVRUQualifiers() const { return Mask & (CVRMask | UMask); }
276 
277  void setCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
278  assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits");
279  Mask = (Mask & ~CVRMask) | mask;
280  }
281  void removeCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
282  assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits");
283  Mask &= ~mask;
284  }
286  removeCVRQualifiers(CVRMask);
287  }
288  void addCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
289  assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits");
290  Mask |= mask;
291  }
292  void addCVRUQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
293  assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits");
294  Mask |= mask;
295  }
296 
297  bool hasUnaligned() const { return Mask & UMask; }
298  void setUnaligned(bool flag) {
299  Mask = (Mask & ~UMask) | (flag ? UMask : 0);
300  }
301  void removeUnaligned() { Mask &= ~UMask; }
302  void addUnaligned() { Mask |= UMask; }
303 
304  bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Mask & GCAttrMask; }
305  GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return GC((Mask & GCAttrMask) >> GCAttrShift); }
307  Mask = (Mask & ~GCAttrMask) | (type << GCAttrShift);
308  }
309  void removeObjCGCAttr() { setObjCGCAttr(GCNone); }
311  assert(type);
312  setObjCGCAttr(type);
313  }
315  Qualifiers qs = *this;
316  qs.removeObjCGCAttr();
317  return qs;
318  }
320  Qualifiers qs = *this;
321  qs.removeObjCLifetime();
322  return qs;
323  }
324 
325  bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Mask & LifetimeMask; }
327  return ObjCLifetime((Mask & LifetimeMask) >> LifetimeShift);
328  }
330  Mask = (Mask & ~LifetimeMask) | (type << LifetimeShift);
331  }
332  void removeObjCLifetime() { setObjCLifetime(OCL_None); }
334  assert(type);
335  assert(!hasObjCLifetime());
336  Mask |= (type << LifetimeShift);
337  }
338 
339  /// True if the lifetime is neither None or ExplicitNone.
341  ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime();
342  return (lifetime > OCL_ExplicitNone);
343  }
344 
345  /// True if the lifetime is either strong or weak.
347  ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime();
348  return (lifetime == OCL_Strong || lifetime == OCL_Weak);
349  }
350 
351  bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Mask & AddressSpaceMask; }
353  return static_cast<LangAS>(Mask >> AddressSpaceShift);
354  }
356  return isTargetAddressSpace(getAddressSpace());
357  }
358  /// Get the address space attribute value to be printed by diagnostics.
360  auto Addr = getAddressSpace();
361  // This function is not supposed to be used with language specific
362  // address spaces. If that happens, the diagnostic message should consider
363  // printing the QualType instead of the address space value.
364  assert(Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace());
365  if (Addr != LangAS::Default)
366  return toTargetAddressSpace(Addr);
367  // TODO: The diagnostic messages where Addr may be 0 should be fixed
368  // since it cannot differentiate the situation where 0 denotes the default
369  // address space or user specified __attribute__((address_space(0))).
370  return 0;
371  }
372  void setAddressSpace(LangAS space) {
373  assert((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace);
374  Mask = (Mask & ~AddressSpaceMask)
375  | (((uint32_t) space) << AddressSpaceShift);
376  }
377  void removeAddressSpace() { setAddressSpace(LangAS::Default); }
378  void addAddressSpace(LangAS space) {
379  assert(space != LangAS::Default);
380  setAddressSpace(space);
381  }
382 
383  // Fast qualifiers are those that can be allocated directly
384  // on a QualType object.
385  bool hasFastQualifiers() const { return getFastQualifiers(); }
386  unsigned getFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & FastMask; }
387  void setFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
388  assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits");
389  Mask = (Mask & ~FastMask) | mask;
390  }
391  void removeFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
392  assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits");
393  Mask &= ~mask;
394  }
396  removeFastQualifiers(FastMask);
397  }
398  void addFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) {
399  assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits");
400  Mask |= mask;
401  }
402 
403  /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers which require an ExtQuals
404  /// node to be allocated.
405  bool hasNonFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & ~FastMask; }
407  Qualifiers Quals = *this;
408  Quals.setFastQualifiers(0);
409  return Quals;
410  }
411 
412  /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers.
413  bool hasQualifiers() const { return Mask; }
414  bool empty() const { return !Mask; }
415 
416  /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set.
418  // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just
419  // bit-or it in.
420  if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask))
421  Mask |= Q.Mask;
422  else {
423  Mask |= (Q.Mask & CVRMask);
424  if (Q.hasAddressSpace())
425  addAddressSpace(Q.getAddressSpace());
426  if (Q.hasObjCGCAttr())
427  addObjCGCAttr(Q.getObjCGCAttr());
428  if (Q.hasObjCLifetime())
429  addObjCLifetime(Q.getObjCLifetime());
430  }
431  }
432 
433  /// Remove the qualifiers from the given set from this set.
435  // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just
436  // bit-and the inverse in.
437  if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask))
438  Mask &= ~Q.Mask;
439  else {
440  Mask &= ~(Q.Mask & CVRMask);
441  if (getObjCGCAttr() == Q.getObjCGCAttr())
442  removeObjCGCAttr();
443  if (getObjCLifetime() == Q.getObjCLifetime())
444  removeObjCLifetime();
445  if (getAddressSpace() == Q.getAddressSpace())
446  removeAddressSpace();
447  }
448  }
449 
450  /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set, given that
451  /// they don't conflict.
453  assert(getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() ||
454  !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace());
455  assert(getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() ||
456  !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr());
457  assert(getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() ||
458  !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime());
459  Mask |= qs.Mask;
460  }
461 
462  /// Returns true if this address space is a superset of the other one.
463  /// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of
464  /// overlapping address spaces.
465  /// CL1.1 or CL1.2:
466  /// every address space is a superset of itself.
467  /// CL2.0 adds:
468  /// __generic is a superset of any address space except for __constant.
470  return
471  // Address spaces must match exactly.
472  getAddressSpace() == other.getAddressSpace() ||
473  // Otherwise in OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5: every address space except
474  // for __constant can be used as __generic.
475  (getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic &&
477  }
478 
479  /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set.
480  /// Generally this answers the question of whether an object with the other
481  /// qualifiers can be safely used as an object with these qualifiers.
482  bool compatiblyIncludes(Qualifiers other) const {
483  return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(other) &&
484  // ObjC GC qualifiers can match, be added, or be removed, but can't
485  // be changed.
486  (getObjCGCAttr() == other.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() ||
487  !other.hasObjCGCAttr()) &&
488  // ObjC lifetime qualifiers must match exactly.
489  getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime() &&
490  // CVR qualifiers may subset.
491  (((Mask & CVRMask) | (other.Mask & CVRMask)) == (Mask & CVRMask)) &&
492  // U qualifier may superset.
493  (!other.hasUnaligned() || hasUnaligned());
494  }
495 
496  /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set of
497  /// qualifiers from the narrow perspective of Objective-C ARC lifetime.
498  ///
499  /// One set of Objective-C lifetime qualifiers compatibly includes the other
500  /// if the lifetime qualifiers match, or if both are non-__weak and the
501  /// including set also contains the 'const' qualifier, or both are non-__weak
502  /// and one is None (which can only happen in non-ARC modes).
504  if (getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime())
505  return true;
506 
507  if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak)
508  return false;
509 
510  if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None)
511  return true;
512 
513  return hasConst();
514  }
515 
516  /// Determine whether this set of qualifiers is a strict superset of
517  /// another set of qualifiers, not considering qualifier compatibility.
518  bool isStrictSupersetOf(Qualifiers Other) const;
519 
520  bool operator==(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask == Other.Mask; }
521  bool operator!=(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask != Other.Mask; }
522 
523  explicit operator bool() const { return hasQualifiers(); }
524 
526  addQualifiers(R);
527  return *this;
528  }
529 
530  // Union two qualifier sets. If an enumerated qualifier appears
531  // in both sets, use the one from the right.
533  L += R;
534  return L;
535  }
536 
538  removeQualifiers(R);
539  return *this;
540  }
541 
542  /// Compute the difference between two qualifier sets.
544  L -= R;
545  return L;
546  }
547 
548  std::string getAsString() const;
549  std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;
550 
551  bool isEmptyWhenPrinted(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;
552  void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
553  bool appendSpaceIfNonEmpty = false) const;
554 
555  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
556  ID.AddInteger(Mask);
557  }
558 
559 private:
560  // bits: |0 1 2|3|4 .. 5|6 .. 8|9 ... 31|
561  // |C R V|U|GCAttr|Lifetime|AddressSpace|
562  uint32_t Mask = 0;
563 
564  static const uint32_t UMask = 0x8;
565  static const uint32_t UShift = 3;
566  static const uint32_t GCAttrMask = 0x30;
567  static const uint32_t GCAttrShift = 4;
568  static const uint32_t LifetimeMask = 0x1C0;
569  static const uint32_t LifetimeShift = 6;
570  static const uint32_t AddressSpaceMask =
571  ~(CVRMask | UMask | GCAttrMask | LifetimeMask);
572  static const uint32_t AddressSpaceShift = 9;
573 };
574 
575 /// A std::pair-like structure for storing a qualified type split
576 /// into its local qualifiers and its locally-unqualified type.
578  /// The locally-unqualified type.
579  const Type *Ty = nullptr;
580 
581  /// The local qualifiers.
583 
584  SplitQualType() = default;
585  SplitQualType(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs) : Ty(ty), Quals(qs) {}
586 
587  SplitQualType getSingleStepDesugaredType() const; // end of this file
588 
589  // Make std::tie work.
590  std::pair<const Type *,Qualifiers> asPair() const {
591  return std::pair<const Type *, Qualifiers>(Ty, Quals);
592  }
593 
595  return a.Ty == b.Ty && a.Quals == b.Quals;
596  }
598  return a.Ty != b.Ty || a.Quals != b.Quals;
599  }
600 };
601 
602 /// The kind of type we are substituting Objective-C type arguments into.
603 ///
604 /// The kind of substitution affects the replacement of type parameters when
605 /// no concrete type information is provided, e.g., when dealing with an
606 /// unspecialized type.
608  /// An ordinary type.
609  Ordinary,
610 
611  /// The result type of a method or function.
612  Result,
613 
614  /// The parameter type of a method or function.
615  Parameter,
616 
617  /// The type of a property.
618  Property,
619 
620  /// The superclass of a type.
621  Superclass,
622 };
623 
624 /// A (possibly-)qualified type.
625 ///
626 /// For efficiency, we don't store CV-qualified types as nodes on their
627 /// own: instead each reference to a type stores the qualifiers. This
628 /// greatly reduces the number of nodes we need to allocate for types (for
629 /// example we only need one for 'int', 'const int', 'volatile int',
630 /// 'const volatile int', etc).
631 ///
632 /// As an added efficiency bonus, instead of making this a pair, we
633 /// just store the two bits we care about in the low bits of the
634 /// pointer. To handle the packing/unpacking, we make QualType be a
635 /// simple wrapper class that acts like a smart pointer. A third bit
636 /// indicates whether there are extended qualifiers present, in which
637 /// case the pointer points to a special structure.
638 class QualType {
639  friend class QualifierCollector;
640 
641  // Thankfully, these are efficiently composable.
642  llvm::PointerIntPair<llvm::PointerUnion<const Type *, const ExtQuals *>,
644 
645  const ExtQuals *getExtQualsUnsafe() const {
646  return Value.getPointer().get<const ExtQuals*>();
647  }
648 
649  const Type *getTypePtrUnsafe() const {
650  return Value.getPointer().get<const Type*>();
651  }
652 
653  const ExtQualsTypeCommonBase *getCommonPtr() const {
654  assert(!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer");
655  auto CommonPtrVal = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Value.getOpaqueValue());
656  CommonPtrVal &= ~(uintptr_t)((1 << TypeAlignmentInBits) - 1);
657  return reinterpret_cast<ExtQualsTypeCommonBase*>(CommonPtrVal);
658  }
659 
660 public:
661  QualType() = default;
662  QualType(const Type *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {}
663  QualType(const ExtQuals *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {}
664 
665  unsigned getLocalFastQualifiers() const { return Value.getInt(); }
666  void setLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Quals) { Value.setInt(Quals); }
667 
668  /// Retrieves a pointer to the underlying (unqualified) type.
669  ///
670  /// This function requires that the type not be NULL. If the type might be
671  /// NULL, use the (slightly less efficient) \c getTypePtrOrNull().
672  const Type *getTypePtr() const;
673 
674  const Type *getTypePtrOrNull() const;
675 
676  /// Retrieves a pointer to the name of the base type.
677  const IdentifierInfo *getBaseTypeIdentifier() const;
678 
679  /// Divides a QualType into its unqualified type and a set of local
680  /// qualifiers.
681  SplitQualType split() const;
682 
683  void *getAsOpaquePtr() const { return Value.getOpaqueValue(); }
684 
685  static QualType getFromOpaquePtr(const void *Ptr) {
686  QualType T;
687  T.Value.setFromOpaqueValue(const_cast<void*>(Ptr));
688  return T;
689  }
690 
691  const Type &operator*() const {
692  return *getTypePtr();
693  }
694 
695  const Type *operator->() const {
696  return getTypePtr();
697  }
698 
699  bool isCanonical() const;
700  bool isCanonicalAsParam() const;
701 
702  /// Return true if this QualType doesn't point to a type yet.
703  bool isNull() const {
704  return Value.getPointer().isNull();
705  }
706 
707  /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the
708  /// "const" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have
709  /// added "const" at a different level.
710  bool isLocalConstQualified() const {
711  return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const);
712  }
713 
714  /// Determine whether this type is const-qualified.
715  bool isConstQualified() const;
716 
717  /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the
718  /// "restrict" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have
719  /// added "restrict" at a different level.
721  return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Restrict);
722  }
723 
724  /// Determine whether this type is restrict-qualified.
725  bool isRestrictQualified() const;
726 
727  /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the
728  /// "volatile" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have
729  /// added "volatile" at a different level.
731  return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Volatile);
732  }
733 
734  /// Determine whether this type is volatile-qualified.
735  bool isVolatileQualified() const;
736 
737  /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any
738  /// qualifiers, without looking through any typedefs that might add
739  /// qualifiers at a different level.
740  bool hasLocalQualifiers() const {
741  return getLocalFastQualifiers() || hasLocalNonFastQualifiers();
742  }
743 
744  /// Determine whether this type has any qualifiers.
745  bool hasQualifiers() const;
746 
747  /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any
748  /// "non-fast" qualifiers, e.g., those that are stored in an ExtQualType
749  /// instance.
751  return Value.getPointer().is<const ExtQuals*>();
752  }
753 
754  /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers local to this particular QualType
755  /// instance, not including any qualifiers acquired through typedefs or
756  /// other sugar.
757  Qualifiers getLocalQualifiers() const;
758 
759  /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers applied to this type.
760  Qualifiers getQualifiers() const;
761 
762  /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers
763  /// local to this particular QualType instance, not including any qualifiers
764  /// acquired through typedefs or other sugar.
765  unsigned getLocalCVRQualifiers() const {
766  return getLocalFastQualifiers();
767  }
768 
769  /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers
770  /// applied to this type.
771  unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const;
772 
773  bool isConstant(const ASTContext& Ctx) const {
774  return QualType::isConstant(*this, Ctx);
775  }
776 
777  /// Determine whether this is a Plain Old Data (POD) type (C++ 3.9p10).
778  bool isPODType(const ASTContext &Context) const;
779 
780  /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the rules of the C++98
781  /// standard, regardless of the current compilation's language.
782  bool isCXX98PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const;
783 
784  /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the more relaxed rules
785  /// of the C++11 standard, regardless of the current compilation's language.
786  /// (C++0x [basic.types]p9). Note that, unlike
787  /// CXXRecordDecl::isCXX11StandardLayout, this takes DRs into account.
788  bool isCXX11PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const;
789 
790  /// Return true if this is a trivial type per (C++0x [basic.types]p9)
791  bool isTrivialType(const ASTContext &Context) const;
792 
793  /// Return true if this is a trivially copyable type (C++0x [basic.types]p9)
794  bool isTriviallyCopyableType(const ASTContext &Context) const;
795 
796 
797  /// Returns true if it is a class and it might be dynamic.
798  bool mayBeDynamicClass() const;
799 
800  /// Returns true if it is not a class or if the class might not be dynamic.
801  bool mayBeNotDynamicClass() const;
802 
803  // Don't promise in the API that anything besides 'const' can be
804  // easily added.
805 
806  /// Add the `const` type qualifier to this QualType.
807  void addConst() {
808  addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const);
809  }
810  QualType withConst() const {
811  return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const);
812  }
813 
814  /// Add the `volatile` type qualifier to this QualType.
815  void addVolatile() {
816  addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile);
817  }
819  return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile);
820  }
821 
822  /// Add the `restrict` qualifier to this QualType.
823  void addRestrict() {
824  addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict);
825  }
827  return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict);
828  }
829 
830  QualType withCVRQualifiers(unsigned CVR) const {
831  return withFastQualifiers(CVR);
832  }
833 
834  void addFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) {
835  assert(!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask)
836  && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!");
837  Value.setInt(Value.getInt() | TQs);
838  }
839 
840  void removeLocalConst();
841  void removeLocalVolatile();
842  void removeLocalRestrict();
843  void removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask);
844 
845  void removeLocalFastQualifiers() { Value.setInt(0); }
846  void removeLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Mask) {
847  assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers");
848  Value.setInt(Value.getInt() & ~Mask);
849  }
850 
851  // Creates a type with the given qualifiers in addition to any
852  // qualifiers already on this type.
853  QualType withFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const {
854  QualType T = *this;
855  T.addFastQualifiers(TQs);
856  return T;
857  }
858 
859  // Creates a type with exactly the given fast qualifiers, removing
860  // any existing fast qualifiers.
862  return withoutLocalFastQualifiers().withFastQualifiers(TQs);
863  }
864 
865  // Removes fast qualifiers, but leaves any extended qualifiers in place.
867  QualType T = *this;
869  return T;
870  }
871 
872  QualType getCanonicalType() const;
873 
874  /// Return this type with all of the instance-specific qualifiers
875  /// removed, but without removing any qualifiers that may have been applied
876  /// through typedefs.
877  QualType getLocalUnqualifiedType() const { return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); }
878 
879  /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type,
880  /// removing as little sugar as possible.
881  ///
882  /// This routine looks through various kinds of sugar to find the
883  /// least-desugared type that is unqualified. For example, given:
884  ///
885  /// \code
886  /// typedef int Integer;
887  /// typedef const Integer CInteger;
888  /// typedef CInteger DifferenceType;
889  /// \endcode
890  ///
891  /// Executing \c getUnqualifiedType() on the type \c DifferenceType will
892  /// desugar until we hit the type \c Integer, which has no qualifiers on it.
893  ///
894  /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array
895  /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use
896  /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType.
897  inline QualType getUnqualifiedType() const;
898 
899  /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, removing as little
900  /// sugar as possible.
901  ///
902  /// Like getUnqualifiedType(), but also returns the set of
903  /// qualifiers that were built up.
904  ///
905  /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array
906  /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use
907  /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType.
908  inline SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedType() const;
909 
910  /// Determine whether this type is more qualified than the other
911  /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers.
912  bool isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType Other) const;
913 
914  /// Determine whether this type is at least as qualified as the other
915  /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers.
916  bool isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType Other) const;
917 
918  QualType getNonReferenceType() const;
919 
920  /// Determine the type of a (typically non-lvalue) expression with the
921  /// specified result type.
922  ///
923  /// This routine should be used for expressions for which the return type is
924  /// explicitly specified (e.g., in a cast or call) and isn't necessarily
925  /// an lvalue. It removes a top-level reference (since there are no
926  /// expressions of reference type) and deletes top-level cvr-qualifiers
927  /// from non-class types (in C++) or all types (in C).
928  QualType getNonLValueExprType(const ASTContext &Context) const;
929 
930  /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from
931  /// the type. This takes off typedefs, typeof's etc. If the outer level of
932  /// the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified. This is similar
933  /// to getting the canonical type, but it doesn't remove *all* typedefs. For
934  /// example, it returns "T*" as "T*", (not as "int*"), because the pointer is
935  /// concrete.
936  ///
937  /// Qualifiers are left in place.
938  QualType getDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const {
939  return getDesugaredType(*this, Context);
940  }
941 
943  return getSplitDesugaredType(*this);
944  }
945 
946  /// Return the specified type with one level of "sugar" removed from
947  /// the type.
948  ///
949  /// This routine takes off the first typedef, typeof, etc. If the outer level
950  /// of the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified.
952  return getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(*this, Context);
953  }
954 
955  /// Returns the specified type after dropping any
956  /// outer-level parentheses.
958  if (isa<ParenType>(*this))
959  return QualType::IgnoreParens(*this);
960  return *this;
961  }
962 
963  /// Indicate whether the specified types and qualifiers are identical.
964  friend bool operator==(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) {
965  return LHS.Value == RHS.Value;
966  }
967  friend bool operator!=(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) {
968  return LHS.Value != RHS.Value;
969  }
970 
971  static std::string getAsString(SplitQualType split,
972  const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
973  return getAsString(split.Ty, split.Quals, Policy);
974  }
975  static std::string getAsString(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs,
976  const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
977 
978  std::string getAsString() const;
979  std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;
980 
981  void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy,
982  const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(),
983  unsigned Indentation = 0) const;
984 
985  static void print(SplitQualType split, raw_ostream &OS,
986  const PrintingPolicy &policy, const Twine &PlaceHolder,
987  unsigned Indentation = 0) {
988  return print(split.Ty, split.Quals, OS, policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation);
989  }
990 
991  static void print(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs,
992  raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &policy,
993  const Twine &PlaceHolder,
994  unsigned Indentation = 0);
995 
996  void getAsStringInternal(std::string &Str,
997  const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;
998 
999  static void getAsStringInternal(SplitQualType split, std::string &out,
1000  const PrintingPolicy &policy) {
1001  return getAsStringInternal(split.Ty, split.Quals, out, policy);
1002  }
1003 
1004  static void getAsStringInternal(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs,
1005  std::string &out,
1006  const PrintingPolicy &policy);
1007 
1009  const QualType &T;
1010  const PrintingPolicy &Policy;
1011  const Twine &PlaceHolder;
1012  unsigned Indentation;
1013 
1014  public:
1016  const Twine &PlaceHolder, unsigned Indentation)
1017  : T(T), Policy(Policy), PlaceHolder(PlaceHolder),
1018  Indentation(Indentation) {}
1019 
1020  friend raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS,
1021  const StreamedQualTypeHelper &SQT) {
1022  SQT.T.print(OS, SQT.Policy, SQT.PlaceHolder, SQT.Indentation);
1023  return OS;
1024  }
1025  };
1026 
1028  const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(),
1029  unsigned Indentation = 0) const {
1030  return StreamedQualTypeHelper(*this, Policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation);
1031  }
1032 
1033  void dump(const char *s) const;
1034  void dump() const;
1035  void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const;
1036 
1037  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
1038  ID.AddPointer(getAsOpaquePtr());
1039  }
1040 
1041  /// Return the address space of this type.
1042  inline LangAS getAddressSpace() const;
1043 
1044  /// Returns gc attribute of this type.
1045  inline Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const;
1046 
1047  /// true when Type is objc's weak.
1048  bool isObjCGCWeak() const {
1049  return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Weak;
1050  }
1051 
1052  /// true when Type is objc's strong.
1053  bool isObjCGCStrong() const {
1054  return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Strong;
1055  }
1056 
1057  /// Returns lifetime attribute of this type.
1059  return getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime();
1060  }
1061 
1063  return getQualifiers().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime();
1064  }
1065 
1067  return getQualifiers().hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime();
1068  }
1069 
1070  // true when Type is objc's weak and weak is enabled but ARC isn't.
1071  bool isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(const ASTContext &Context) const;
1072 
1074  /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that
1075  /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a
1076  /// boolean condition for non-triviality.
1078 
1079  /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified
1080  /// with the ARC __strong qualifier.
1082 
1083  /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified
1084  /// with the ARC __weak qualifier.
1086 
1087  /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is not PCK_Trivial.
1088  PDIK_Struct
1089  };
1090 
1091  /// Functions to query basic properties of non-trivial C struct types.
1092 
1093  /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct
1094  /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to default initialize
1095  /// and return the kind.
1097  isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize() const;
1098 
1100  /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that
1101  /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a
1102  /// boolean condition for non-triviality.
1104 
1105  /// The type would be trivial except that it is volatile-qualified. Types
1106  /// that fall into one of the other non-trivial cases may additionally be
1107  /// volatile-qualified.
1109 
1110  /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified
1111  /// with the ARC __strong qualifier.
1113 
1114  /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified
1115  /// with the ARC __weak qualifier.
1117 
1118  /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is neither
1119  /// PCK_Trivial nor PCK_VolatileTrivial.
1120  /// Note that a C++ struct type does not necessarily match this; C++ copying
1121  /// semantics are too complex to express here, in part because they depend
1122  /// on the exact constructor or assignment operator that is chosen by
1123  /// overload resolution to do the copy.
1124  PCK_Struct
1125  };
1126 
1127  /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct
1128  /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to copy and return the
1129  /// kind.
1130  PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy() const;
1131 
1132  /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct
1133  /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to destructively
1134  /// move and return the kind. Destructive move in this context is a C++-style
1135  /// move in which the source object is placed in a valid but unspecified state
1136  /// after it is moved, as opposed to a truly destructive move in which the
1137  /// source object is placed in an uninitialized state.
1138  PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructiveMove() const;
1139 
1145  DK_nontrivial_c_struct
1146  };
1147 
1148  /// Returns a nonzero value if objects of this type require
1149  /// non-trivial work to clean up after. Non-zero because it's
1150  /// conceivable that qualifiers (objc_gc(weak)?) could make
1151  /// something require destruction.
1153  return isDestructedTypeImpl(*this);
1154  }
1155 
1156  /// Determine whether expressions of the given type are forbidden
1157  /// from being lvalues in C.
1158  ///
1159  /// The expression types that are forbidden to be lvalues are:
1160  /// - 'void', but not qualified void
1161  /// - function types
1162  ///
1163  /// The exact rule here is C99 6.3.2.1:
1164  /// An lvalue is an expression with an object type or an incomplete
1165  /// type other than void.
1166  bool isCForbiddenLValueType() const;
1167 
1168  /// Substitute type arguments for the Objective-C type parameters used in the
1169  /// subject type.
1170  ///
1171  /// \param ctx ASTContext in which the type exists.
1172  ///
1173  /// \param typeArgs The type arguments that will be substituted for the
1174  /// Objective-C type parameters in the subject type, which are generally
1175  /// computed via \c Type::getObjCSubstitutions. If empty, the type
1176  /// parameters will be replaced with their bounds or id/Class, as appropriate
1177  /// for the context.
1178  ///
1179  /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written.
1180  ///
1181  /// \returns the resulting type.
1182  QualType substObjCTypeArgs(ASTContext &ctx,
1183  ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
1184  ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const;
1185 
1186  /// Substitute type arguments from an object type for the Objective-C type
1187  /// parameters used in the subject type.
1188  ///
1189  /// This operation combines the computation of type arguments for
1190  /// substitution (\c Type::getObjCSubstitutions) with the actual process of
1191  /// substitution (\c QualType::substObjCTypeArgs) for the convenience of
1192  /// callers that need to perform a single substitution in isolation.
1193  ///
1194  /// \param objectType The type of the object whose member type we're
1195  /// substituting into. For example, this might be the receiver of a message
1196  /// or the base of a property access.
1197  ///
1198  /// \param dc The declaration context from which the subject type was
1199  /// retrieved, which indicates (for example) which type parameters should
1200  /// be substituted.
1201  ///
1202  /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written.
1203  ///
1204  /// \returns the subject type after replacing all of the Objective-C type
1205  /// parameters with their corresponding arguments.
1206  QualType substObjCMemberType(QualType objectType,
1207  const DeclContext *dc,
1208  ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const;
1209 
1210  /// Strip Objective-C "__kindof" types from the given type.
1211  QualType stripObjCKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx) const;
1212 
1213  /// Remove all qualifiers including _Atomic.
1214  QualType getAtomicUnqualifiedType() const;
1215 
1216 private:
1217  // These methods are implemented in a separate translation unit;
1218  // "static"-ize them to avoid creating temporary QualTypes in the
1219  // caller.
1220  static bool isConstant(QualType T, const ASTContext& Ctx);
1221  static QualType getDesugaredType(QualType T, const ASTContext &Context);
1222  static SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType(QualType T);
1223  static SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(QualType type);
1224  static QualType getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(QualType type,
1225  const ASTContext &C);
1226  static QualType IgnoreParens(QualType T);
1227  static DestructionKind isDestructedTypeImpl(QualType type);
1228 };
1229 
1230 } // namespace clang
1231 
1232 namespace llvm {
1233 
1234 /// Implement simplify_type for QualType, so that we can dyn_cast from QualType
1235 /// to a specific Type class.
1236 template<> struct simplify_type< ::clang::QualType> {
1238 
1240  return Val.getTypePtr();
1241  }
1242 };
1243 
1244 // Teach SmallPtrSet that QualType is "basically a pointer".
1245 template<>
1246 struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::QualType> {
1247  static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(clang::QualType P) {
1248  return P.getAsOpaquePtr();
1249  }
1250 
1251  static inline clang::QualType getFromVoidPointer(void *P) {
1253  }
1254 
1255  // Various qualifiers go in low bits.
1256  enum { NumLowBitsAvailable = 0 };
1257 };
1258 
1259 } // namespace llvm
1260 
1261 namespace clang {
1262 
1263 /// Base class that is common to both the \c ExtQuals and \c Type
1264 /// classes, which allows \c QualType to access the common fields between the
1265 /// two.
1267  friend class ExtQuals;
1268  friend class QualType;
1269  friend class Type;
1270 
1271  /// The "base" type of an extended qualifiers type (\c ExtQuals) or
1272  /// a self-referential pointer (for \c Type).
1273  ///
1274  /// This pointer allows an efficient mapping from a QualType to its
1275  /// underlying type pointer.
1276  const Type *const BaseType;
1277 
1278  /// The canonical type of this type. A QualType.
1279  QualType CanonicalType;
1280 
1281  ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(const Type *baseType, QualType canon)
1282  : BaseType(baseType), CanonicalType(canon) {}
1283 };
1284 
1285 /// We can encode up to four bits in the low bits of a
1286 /// type pointer, but there are many more type qualifiers that we want
1287 /// to be able to apply to an arbitrary type. Therefore we have this
1288 /// struct, intended to be heap-allocated and used by QualType to
1289 /// store qualifiers.
1290 ///
1291 /// The current design tags the 'const', 'restrict', and 'volatile' qualifiers
1292 /// in three low bits on the QualType pointer; a fourth bit records whether
1293 /// the pointer is an ExtQuals node. The extended qualifiers (address spaces,
1294 /// Objective-C GC attributes) are much more rare.
1295 class ExtQuals : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
1296  // NOTE: changing the fast qualifiers should be straightforward as
1297  // long as you don't make 'const' non-fast.
1298  // 1. Qualifiers:
1299  // a) Modify the bitmasks (Qualifiers::TQ and DeclSpec::TQ).
1300  // Fast qualifiers must occupy the low-order bits.
1301  // b) Update Qualifiers::FastWidth and FastMask.
1302  // 2. QualType:
1303  // a) Update is{Volatile,Restrict}Qualified(), defined inline.
1304  // b) Update remove{Volatile,Restrict}, defined near the end of
1305  // this header.
1306  // 3. ASTContext:
1307  // a) Update get{Volatile,Restrict}Type.
1308 
1309  /// The immutable set of qualifiers applied by this node. Always contains
1310  /// extended qualifiers.
1311  Qualifiers Quals;
1312 
1313  ExtQuals *this_() { return this; }
1314 
1315 public:
1316  ExtQuals(const Type *baseType, QualType canon, Qualifiers quals)
1317  : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(baseType,
1318  canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon),
1319  Quals(quals) {
1320  assert(Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers()
1321  && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers");
1322  assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers()
1323  && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers");
1324  }
1325 
1326  Qualifiers getQualifiers() const { return Quals; }
1327 
1328  bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.hasObjCGCAttr(); }
1329  Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.getObjCGCAttr(); }
1330 
1331  bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Quals.hasObjCLifetime(); }
1333  return Quals.getObjCLifetime();
1334  }
1335 
1336  bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Quals.hasAddressSpace(); }
1337  LangAS getAddressSpace() const { return Quals.getAddressSpace(); }
1338 
1339  const Type *getBaseType() const { return BaseType; }
1340 
1341 public:
1342  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
1343  Profile(ID, getBaseType(), Quals);
1344  }
1345 
1346  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
1347  const Type *BaseType,
1348  Qualifiers Quals) {
1349  assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!");
1350  ID.AddPointer(BaseType);
1351  Quals.Profile(ID);
1352  }
1353 };
1354 
1355 /// The kind of C++11 ref-qualifier associated with a function type.
1356 /// This determines whether a member function's "this" object can be an
1357 /// lvalue, rvalue, or neither.
1359  /// No ref-qualifier was provided.
1360  RQ_None = 0,
1361 
1362  /// An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &).
1364 
1365  /// An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &&).
1367 };
1368 
1369 /// Which keyword(s) were used to create an AutoType.
1370 enum class AutoTypeKeyword {
1371  /// auto
1372  Auto,
1373 
1374  /// decltype(auto)
1375  DecltypeAuto,
1376 
1377  /// __auto_type (GNU extension)
1378  GNUAutoType
1379 };
1380 
1381 /// The base class of the type hierarchy.
1382 ///
1383 /// A central concept with types is that each type always has a canonical
1384 /// type. A canonical type is the type with any typedef names stripped out
1385 /// of it or the types it references. For example, consider:
1386 ///
1387 /// typedef int foo;
1388 /// typedef foo* bar;
1389 /// 'int *' 'foo *' 'bar'
1390 ///
1391 /// There will be a Type object created for 'int'. Since int is canonical, its
1392 /// CanonicalType pointer points to itself. There is also a Type for 'foo' (a
1393 /// TypedefType). Its CanonicalType pointer points to the 'int' Type. Next
1394 /// there is a PointerType that represents 'int*', which, like 'int', is
1395 /// canonical. Finally, there is a PointerType type for 'foo*' whose canonical
1396 /// type is 'int*', and there is a TypedefType for 'bar', whose canonical type
1397 /// is also 'int*'.
1398 ///
1399 /// Non-canonical types are useful for emitting diagnostics, without losing
1400 /// information about typedefs being used. Canonical types are useful for type
1401 /// comparisons (they allow by-pointer equality tests) and useful for reasoning
1402 /// about whether something has a particular form (e.g. is a function type),
1403 /// because they implicitly, recursively, strip all typedefs out of a type.
1404 ///
1405 /// Types, once created, are immutable.
1406 ///
1408 public:
1409  enum TypeClass {
1410 #define TYPE(Class, Base) Class,
1411 #define LAST_TYPE(Class) TypeLast = Class,
1412 #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
1413 #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
1414  TagFirst = Record, TagLast = Enum
1415  };
1416 
1417 private:
1418  /// Bitfields required by the Type class.
1419  class TypeBitfields {
1420  friend class Type;
1421  template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache;
1422 
1423  /// TypeClass bitfield - Enum that specifies what subclass this belongs to.
1424  unsigned TC : 8;
1425 
1426  /// Whether this type is a dependent type (C++ [temp.dep.type]).
1427  unsigned Dependent : 1;
1428 
1429  /// Whether this type somehow involves a template parameter, even
1430  /// if the resolution of the type does not depend on a template parameter.
1431  unsigned InstantiationDependent : 1;
1432 
1433  /// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5).
1434  unsigned VariablyModified : 1;
1435 
1436  /// Whether this type contains an unexpanded parameter pack
1437  /// (for C++11 variadic templates).
1438  unsigned ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack : 1;
1439 
1440  /// True if the cache (i.e. the bitfields here starting with
1441  /// 'Cache') is valid.
1442  mutable unsigned CacheValid : 1;
1443 
1444  /// Linkage of this type.
1445  mutable unsigned CachedLinkage : 3;
1446 
1447  /// Whether this type involves and local or unnamed types.
1448  mutable unsigned CachedLocalOrUnnamed : 1;
1449 
1450  /// Whether this type comes from an AST file.
1451  mutable unsigned FromAST : 1;
1452 
1453  bool isCacheValid() const {
1454  return CacheValid;
1455  }
1456 
1457  Linkage getLinkage() const {
1458  assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache");
1459  return static_cast<Linkage>(CachedLinkage);
1460  }
1461 
1462  bool hasLocalOrUnnamedType() const {
1463  assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache");
1464  return CachedLocalOrUnnamed;
1465  }
1466  };
1467  enum { NumTypeBits = 18 };
1468 
1469 protected:
1470  // These classes allow subclasses to somewhat cleanly pack bitfields
1471  // into Type.
1472 
1474  friend class ArrayType;
1475 
1476  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
1477 
1478  /// CVR qualifiers from declarations like
1479  /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only.
1480  unsigned IndexTypeQuals : 3;
1481 
1482  /// Storage class qualifiers from declarations like
1483  /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only.
1484  /// Actually an ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier.
1485  unsigned SizeModifier : 3;
1486  };
1487 
1489  friend class BuiltinType;
1490 
1491  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
1492 
1493  /// The kind (BuiltinType::Kind) of builtin type this is.
1494  unsigned Kind : 8;
1495  };
1496 
1497  /// FunctionTypeBitfields store various bits belonging to FunctionProtoType.
1498  /// Only common bits are stored here. Additional uncommon bits are stored
1499  /// in a trailing object after FunctionProtoType.
1501  friend class FunctionProtoType;
1502  friend class FunctionType;
1503 
1504  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
1505 
1506  /// Extra information which affects how the function is called, like
1507  /// regparm and the calling convention.
1508  unsigned ExtInfo : 12;
1509 
1510  /// The ref-qualifier associated with a \c FunctionProtoType.
1511  ///
1512  /// This is a value of type \c RefQualifierKind.
1513  unsigned RefQualifier : 2;
1514 
1515  /// Used only by FunctionProtoType, put here to pack with the
1516  /// other bitfields.
1517  /// The qualifiers are part of FunctionProtoType because...
1518  ///
1519  /// C++ 8.3.5p4: The return type, the parameter type list and the
1520  /// cv-qualifier-seq, [...], are part of the function type.
1521  unsigned FastTypeQuals : Qualifiers::FastWidth;
1522  /// Whether this function has extended Qualifiers.
1523  unsigned HasExtQuals : 1;
1524 
1525  /// The number of parameters this function has, not counting '...'.
1526  /// According to [implimits] 8 bits should be enough here but this is
1527  /// somewhat easy to exceed with metaprogramming and so we would like to
1528  /// keep NumParams as wide as reasonably possible.
1529  unsigned NumParams : 16;
1530 
1531  /// The type of exception specification this function has.
1532  unsigned ExceptionSpecType : 4;
1533 
1534  /// Whether this function has extended parameter information.
1535  unsigned HasExtParameterInfos : 1;
1536 
1537  /// Whether the function is variadic.
1538  unsigned Variadic : 1;
1539 
1540  /// Whether this function has a trailing return type.
1541  unsigned HasTrailingReturn : 1;
1542  };
1543 
1545  friend class ObjCObjectType;
1546 
1547  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
1548 
1549  /// The number of type arguments stored directly on this object type.
1550  unsigned NumTypeArgs : 7;
1551 
1552  /// The number of protocols stored directly on this object type.
1553  unsigned NumProtocols : 6;
1554 
1555  /// Whether this is a "kindof" type.
1556  unsigned IsKindOf : 1;
1557  };
1558 
1560  friend class ReferenceType;
1561 
1562  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
1563 
1564  /// True if the type was originally spelled with an lvalue sigil.
1565  /// This is never true of rvalue references but can also be false
1566  /// on lvalue references because of C++0x [dcl.typedef]p9,
1567  /// as follows:
1568  ///
1569  /// typedef int &ref; // lvalue, spelled lvalue
1570  /// typedef int &&rvref; // rvalue
1571  /// ref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue
1572  /// ref &&a; // lvalue, inner ref
1573  /// rvref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue
1574  /// rvref &&a; // rvalue, inner ref
1575  unsigned SpelledAsLValue : 1;
1576 
1577  /// True if the inner type is a reference type. This only happens
1578  /// in non-canonical forms.
1579  unsigned InnerRef : 1;
1580  };
1581 
1583  friend class TypeWithKeyword;
1584 
1585  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
1586 
1587  /// An ElaboratedTypeKeyword. 8 bits for efficient access.
1588  unsigned Keyword : 8;
1589  };
1590 
1591  enum { NumTypeWithKeywordBits = 8 };
1592 
1594  friend class ElaboratedType;
1595 
1596  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
1597  unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits;
1598 
1599  /// Whether the ElaboratedType has a trailing OwnedTagDecl.
1600  unsigned HasOwnedTagDecl : 1;
1601  };
1602 
1604  friend class VectorType;
1605  friend class DependentVectorType;
1606 
1607  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
1608 
1609  /// The kind of vector, either a generic vector type or some
1610  /// target-specific vector type such as for AltiVec or Neon.
1611  unsigned VecKind : 3;
1612 
1613  /// The number of elements in the vector.
1614  unsigned NumElements : 29 - NumTypeBits;
1615 
1616  enum { MaxNumElements = (1 << (29 - NumTypeBits)) - 1 };
1617  };
1618 
1620  friend class AttributedType;
1621 
1622  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
1623 
1624  /// An AttributedType::Kind
1625  unsigned AttrKind : 32 - NumTypeBits;
1626  };
1627 
1629  friend class AutoType;
1630 
1631  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
1632 
1633  /// Was this placeholder type spelled as 'auto', 'decltype(auto)',
1634  /// or '__auto_type'? AutoTypeKeyword value.
1635  unsigned Keyword : 2;
1636  };
1637 
1640 
1641  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
1642 
1643  /// The number of template arguments in \c Arguments, which is
1644  /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits].
1645  /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template
1646  /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible.
1647  /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type
1648  /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to
1649  /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield.
1650  unsigned NumArgs;
1651  };
1652 
1655 
1656  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
1657 
1658  /// Whether this template specialization type is a substituted type alias.
1659  unsigned TypeAlias : 1;
1660 
1661  /// The number of template arguments named in this class template
1662  /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024
1663  /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to
1664  /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large
1665  /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since
1666  /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason
1667  /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield.
1668  unsigned NumArgs;
1669  };
1670 
1673 
1674  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
1675  unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits;
1676 
1677  /// The number of template arguments named in this class template
1678  /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024
1679  /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to
1680  /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large
1681  /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since
1682  /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason
1683  /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield.
1684  unsigned NumArgs;
1685  };
1686 
1688  friend class PackExpansionType;
1689 
1690  unsigned : NumTypeBits;
1691 
1692  /// The number of expansions that this pack expansion will
1693  /// generate when substituted (+1), which is expected to be able to
1694  /// hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. However, as this limit
1695  /// is somewhat easy to hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to
1696  /// keep it as large as possible. At the moment it has been left as a
1697  /// non-bitfield since this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so
1698  /// there is no reason to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield.
1699  ///
1700  /// This field will only have a non-zero value when some of the parameter
1701  /// packs that occur within the pattern have been substituted but others
1702  /// have not.
1703  unsigned NumExpansions;
1704  };
1705 
1706  union {
1707  TypeBitfields TypeBits;
1723 
1724  static_assert(sizeof(TypeBitfields) <= 8,
1725  "TypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
1726  static_assert(sizeof(ArrayTypeBitfields) <= 8,
1727  "ArrayTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
1728  static_assert(sizeof(AttributedTypeBitfields) <= 8,
1729  "AttributedTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
1730  static_assert(sizeof(AutoTypeBitfields) <= 8,
1731  "AutoTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
1732  static_assert(sizeof(BuiltinTypeBitfields) <= 8,
1733  "BuiltinTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
1734  static_assert(sizeof(FunctionTypeBitfields) <= 8,
1735  "FunctionTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
1736  static_assert(sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeBitfields) <= 8,
1737  "ObjCObjectTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
1738  static_assert(sizeof(ReferenceTypeBitfields) <= 8,
1739  "ReferenceTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
1740  static_assert(sizeof(TypeWithKeywordBitfields) <= 8,
1741  "TypeWithKeywordBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
1742  static_assert(sizeof(ElaboratedTypeBitfields) <= 8,
1743  "ElaboratedTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
1744  static_assert(sizeof(VectorTypeBitfields) <= 8,
1745  "VectorTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes!");
1746  static_assert(sizeof(SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields) <= 8,
1747  "SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields is larger"
1748  " than 8 bytes!");
1749  static_assert(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields) <= 8,
1750  "TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields is larger"
1751  " than 8 bytes!");
1752  static_assert(sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields) <= 8,
1753  "DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields is larger"
1754  " than 8 bytes!");
1755  static_assert(sizeof(PackExpansionTypeBitfields) <= 8,
1756  "PackExpansionTypeBitfields is larger than 8 bytes");
1757  };
1758 
1759 private:
1760  template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache;
1761 
1762  /// Set whether this type comes from an AST file.
1763  void setFromAST(bool V = true) const {
1764  TypeBits.FromAST = V;
1765  }
1766 
1767 protected:
1768  friend class ASTContext;
1769 
1770  Type(TypeClass tc, QualType canon, bool Dependent,
1771  bool InstantiationDependent, bool VariablyModified,
1772  bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack)
1773  : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(this,
1774  canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon) {
1775  TypeBits.TC = tc;
1776  TypeBits.Dependent = Dependent;
1777  TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = Dependent || InstantiationDependent;
1778  TypeBits.VariablyModified = VariablyModified;
1779  TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack;
1780  TypeBits.CacheValid = false;
1781  TypeBits.CachedLocalOrUnnamed = false;
1782  TypeBits.CachedLinkage = NoLinkage;
1783  TypeBits.FromAST = false;
1784  }
1785 
1786  // silence VC++ warning C4355: 'this' : used in base member initializer list
1787  Type *this_() { return this; }
1788 
1789  void setDependent(bool D = true) {
1790  TypeBits.Dependent = D;
1791  if (D)
1792  TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = true;
1793  }
1794 
1795  void setInstantiationDependent(bool D = true) {
1796  TypeBits.InstantiationDependent = D; }
1797 
1798  void setVariablyModified(bool VM = true) { TypeBits.VariablyModified = VM; }
1799 
1800  void setContainsUnexpandedParameterPack(bool PP = true) {
1801  TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = PP;
1802  }
1803 
1804 public:
1805  friend class ASTReader;
1806  friend class ASTWriter;
1807 
1808  Type(const Type &) = delete;
1809  Type &operator=(const Type &) = delete;
1810 
1811  TypeClass getTypeClass() const { return static_cast<TypeClass>(TypeBits.TC); }
1812 
1813  /// Whether this type comes from an AST file.
1814  bool isFromAST() const { return TypeBits.FromAST; }
1815 
1816  /// Whether this type is or contains an unexpanded parameter
1817  /// pack, used to support C++0x variadic templates.
1818  ///
1819  /// A type that contains a parameter pack shall be expanded by the
1820  /// ellipsis operator at some point. For example, the typedef in the
1821  /// following example contains an unexpanded parameter pack 'T':
1822  ///
1823  /// \code
1824  /// template<typename ...T>
1825  /// struct X {
1826  /// typedef T* pointer_types; // ill-formed; T is a parameter pack.
1827  /// };
1828  /// \endcode
1829  ///
1830  /// Note that this routine does not specify which
1832  return TypeBits.ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack;
1833  }
1834 
1835  /// Determines if this type would be canonical if it had no further
1836  /// qualification.
1837  bool isCanonicalUnqualified() const {
1838  return CanonicalType == QualType(this, 0);
1839  }
1840 
1841  /// Pull a single level of sugar off of this locally-unqualified type.
1842  /// Users should generally prefer SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType()
1843  /// or QualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext&).
1844  QualType getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType() const;
1845 
1846  /// Types are partitioned into 3 broad categories (C99 6.2.5p1):
1847  /// object types, function types, and incomplete types.
1848 
1849  /// Return true if this is an incomplete type.
1850  /// A type that can describe objects, but which lacks information needed to
1851  /// determine its size (e.g. void, or a fwd declared struct). Clients of this
1852  /// routine will need to determine if the size is actually required.
1853  ///
1854  /// Def If non-null, and the type refers to some kind of declaration
1855  /// that can be completed (such as a C struct, C++ class, or Objective-C
1856  /// class), will be set to the declaration.
1857  bool isIncompleteType(NamedDecl **Def = nullptr) const;
1858 
1859  /// Return true if this is an incomplete or object
1860  /// type, in other words, not a function type.
1862  return !isFunctionType();
1863  }
1864 
1865  /// Determine whether this type is an object type.
1866  bool isObjectType() const {
1867  // C++ [basic.types]p8:
1868  // An object type is a (possibly cv-qualified) type that is not a
1869  // function type, not a reference type, and not a void type.
1870  return !isReferenceType() && !isFunctionType() && !isVoidType();
1871  }
1872 
1873  /// Return true if this is a literal type
1874  /// (C++11 [basic.types]p10)
1875  bool isLiteralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;
1876 
1877  /// Test if this type is a standard-layout type.
1878  /// (C++0x [basic.type]p9)
1879  bool isStandardLayoutType() const;
1880 
1881  /// Helper methods to distinguish type categories. All type predicates
1882  /// operate on the canonical type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers.
1883 
1884  /// Returns true if the type is a builtin type.
1885  bool isBuiltinType() const;
1886 
1887  /// Test for a particular builtin type.
1888  bool isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const;
1889 
1890  /// Test for a type which does not represent an actual type-system type but
1891  /// is instead used as a placeholder for various convenient purposes within
1892  /// Clang. All such types are BuiltinTypes.
1893  bool isPlaceholderType() const;
1894  const BuiltinType *getAsPlaceholderType() const;
1895 
1896  /// Test for a specific placeholder type.
1897  bool isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const;
1898 
1899  /// Test for a placeholder type other than Overload; see
1900  /// BuiltinType::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType.
1901  bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const;
1902 
1903  /// isIntegerType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension).
1904  /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers.
1905  bool isIntegerType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (int, char, bool, enum)
1906  bool isEnumeralType() const;
1907 
1908  /// Determine whether this type is a scoped enumeration type.
1909  bool isScopedEnumeralType() const;
1910  bool isBooleanType() const;
1911  bool isCharType() const;
1912  bool isWideCharType() const;
1913  bool isChar8Type() const;
1914  bool isChar16Type() const;
1915  bool isChar32Type() const;
1916  bool isAnyCharacterType() const;
1917  bool isIntegralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const;
1918 
1919  /// Determine whether this type is an integral or enumeration type.
1920  bool isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const;
1921 
1922  /// Determine whether this type is an integral or unscoped enumeration type.
1923  bool isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() const;
1924 
1925  /// Floating point categories.
1926  bool isRealFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p10 (float, double, long double)
1927  /// isComplexType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension).
1928  /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers.
1929  bool isComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex)
1930  bool isAnyComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) + Complex Int.
1931  bool isFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (real floating + complex)
1932  bool isHalfType() const; // OpenCL 6.1.1.1, NEON (IEEE 754-2008 half)
1933  bool isFloat16Type() const; // C11 extension ISO/IEC TS 18661
1934  bool isFloat128Type() const;
1935  bool isRealType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (real floating + integer)
1936  bool isArithmeticType() const; // C99 6.2.5p18 (integer + floating)
1937  bool isVoidType() const; // C99 6.2.5p19
1938  bool isScalarType() const; // C99 6.2.5p21 (arithmetic + pointers)
1939  bool isAggregateType() const;
1940  bool isFundamentalType() const;
1941  bool isCompoundType() const;
1942 
1943  // Type Predicates: Check to see if this type is structurally the specified
1944  // type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers.
1945  bool isFunctionType() const;
1946  bool isFunctionNoProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionNoProtoType>(); }
1947  bool isFunctionProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); }
1948  bool isPointerType() const;
1949  bool isAnyPointerType() const; // Any C pointer or ObjC object pointer
1950  bool isBlockPointerType() const;
1951  bool isVoidPointerType() const;
1952  bool isReferenceType() const;
1953  bool isLValueReferenceType() const;
1954  bool isRValueReferenceType() const;
1955  bool isFunctionPointerType() const;
1956  bool isMemberPointerType() const;
1957  bool isMemberFunctionPointerType() const;
1958  bool isMemberDataPointerType() const;
1959  bool isArrayType() const;
1960  bool isConstantArrayType() const;
1961  bool isIncompleteArrayType() const;
1962  bool isVariableArrayType() const;
1963  bool isDependentSizedArrayType() const;
1964  bool isRecordType() const;
1965  bool isClassType() const;
1966  bool isStructureType() const;
1967  bool isObjCBoxableRecordType() const;
1968  bool isInterfaceType() const;
1969  bool isStructureOrClassType() const;
1970  bool isUnionType() const;
1971  bool isComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC _Complex integer type.
1972  bool isVectorType() const; // GCC vector type.
1973  bool isExtVectorType() const; // Extended vector type.
1974  bool isDependentAddressSpaceType() const; // value-dependent address space qualifier
1975  bool isObjCObjectPointerType() const; // pointer to ObjC object
1976  bool isObjCRetainableType() const; // ObjC object or block pointer
1977  bool isObjCLifetimeType() const; // (array of)* retainable type
1978  bool isObjCIndirectLifetimeType() const; // (pointer to)* lifetime type
1979  bool isObjCNSObjectType() const; // __attribute__((NSObject))
1980  bool isObjCIndependentClassType() const; // __attribute__((objc_independent_class))
1981  // FIXME: change this to 'raw' interface type, so we can used 'interface' type
1982  // for the common case.
1983  bool isObjCObjectType() const; // NSString or typeof(*(id)0)
1984  bool isObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const; // NSString<foo>
1985  bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const; // id<foo>
1986  bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const; // Class<foo>
1987  bool isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const;
1988  bool isObjCIdType() const; // id
1989 
1990  /// Was this type written with the special inert-in-ARC __unsafe_unretained
1991  /// qualifier?
1992  ///
1993  /// This approximates the answer to the following question: if this
1994  /// translation unit were compiled in ARC, would this type be qualified
1995  /// with __unsafe_unretained?
1997  return hasAttr(attr::ObjCInertUnsafeUnretained);
1998  }
1999 
2000  /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'id' or a __kindof type of an
2001  /// object type, e.g., __kindof NSView * or __kindof id
2002  /// <NSCopying>.
2003  ///
2004  /// \param bound Will be set to the bound on non-id subtype types,
2005  /// which will be (possibly specialized) Objective-C class type, or
2006  /// null for 'id.
2007  bool isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx,
2008  const ObjCObjectType *&bound) const;
2009 
2010  bool isObjCClassType() const; // Class
2011 
2012  /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'Class' or a __kindof type of an
2013  /// Class type, e.g., __kindof Class <NSCopying>.
2014  ///
2015  /// Unlike \c isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType, there is no relevant bound
2016  /// here because Objective-C's type system cannot express "a class
2017  /// object for a subclass of NSFoo".
2018  bool isObjCClassOrClassKindOfType() const;
2019 
2020  bool isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(ASTContext &ctx) const;
2021  bool isObjCSelType() const; // Class
2022  bool isObjCBuiltinType() const; // 'id' or 'Class'
2023  bool isObjCARCBridgableType() const;
2024  bool isCARCBridgableType() const;
2025  bool isTemplateTypeParmType() const; // C++ template type parameter
2026  bool isNullPtrType() const; // C++11 std::nullptr_t
2027  bool isAlignValT() const; // C++17 std::align_val_t
2028  bool isStdByteType() const; // C++17 std::byte
2029  bool isAtomicType() const; // C11 _Atomic()
2030 
2031 #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
2032  bool is##Id##Type() const;
2033 #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
2034 
2035  bool isImageType() const; // Any OpenCL image type
2036 
2037  bool isSamplerT() const; // OpenCL sampler_t
2038  bool isEventT() const; // OpenCL event_t
2039  bool isClkEventT() const; // OpenCL clk_event_t
2040  bool isQueueT() const; // OpenCL queue_t
2041  bool isReserveIDT() const; // OpenCL reserve_id_t
2042 
2043 #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \
2044  bool is##Id##Type() const;
2045 #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
2046  // Type defined in cl_intel_device_side_avc_motion_estimation OpenCL extension
2047  bool isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const;
2048  bool isOCLExtOpaqueType() const; // Any OpenCL extension type
2049 
2050  bool isPipeType() const; // OpenCL pipe type
2051  bool isOpenCLSpecificType() const; // Any OpenCL specific type
2052 
2053  /// Determines if this type, which must satisfy
2054  /// isObjCLifetimeType(), is implicitly __unsafe_unretained rather
2055  /// than implicitly __strong.
2056  bool isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType() const;
2057 
2058  /// Return the implicit lifetime for this type, which must not be dependent.
2059  Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCARCImplicitLifetime() const;
2060 
2071  STK_FixedPoint
2072  };
2073 
2074  /// Given that this is a scalar type, classify it.
2075  ScalarTypeKind getScalarTypeKind() const;
2076 
2077  /// Whether this type is a dependent type, meaning that its definition
2078  /// somehow depends on a template parameter (C++ [temp.dep.type]).
2079  bool isDependentType() const { return TypeBits.Dependent; }
2080 
2081  /// Determine whether this type is an instantiation-dependent type,
2082  /// meaning that the type involves a template parameter (even if the
2083  /// definition does not actually depend on the type substituted for that
2084  /// template parameter).
2086  return TypeBits.InstantiationDependent;
2087  }
2088 
2089  /// Determine whether this type is an undeduced type, meaning that
2090  /// it somehow involves a C++11 'auto' type or similar which has not yet been
2091  /// deduced.
2092  bool isUndeducedType() const;
2093 
2094  /// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5).
2095  bool isVariablyModifiedType() const { return TypeBits.VariablyModified; }
2096 
2097  /// Whether this type involves a variable-length array type
2098  /// with a definite size.
2099  bool hasSizedVLAType() const;
2100 
2101  /// Whether this type is or contains a local or unnamed type.
2102  bool hasUnnamedOrLocalType() const;
2103 
2104  bool isOverloadableType() const;
2105 
2106  /// Determine wither this type is a C++ elaborated-type-specifier.
2107  bool isElaboratedTypeSpecifier() const;
2108 
2109  bool canDecayToPointerType() const;
2110 
2111  /// Whether this type is represented natively as a pointer. This includes
2112  /// pointers, references, block pointers, and Objective-C interface,
2113  /// qualified id, and qualified interface types, as well as nullptr_t.
2114  bool hasPointerRepresentation() const;
2115 
2116  /// Whether this type can represent an objective pointer type for the
2117  /// purpose of GC'ability
2118  bool hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const;
2119 
2120  /// Determine whether this type has an integer representation
2121  /// of some sort, e.g., it is an integer type or a vector.
2122  bool hasIntegerRepresentation() const;
2123 
2124  /// Determine whether this type has an signed integer representation
2125  /// of some sort, e.g., it is an signed integer type or a vector.
2126  bool hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() const;
2127 
2128  /// Determine whether this type has an unsigned integer representation
2129  /// of some sort, e.g., it is an unsigned integer type or a vector.
2130  bool hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() const;
2131 
2132  /// Determine whether this type has a floating-point representation
2133  /// of some sort, e.g., it is a floating-point type or a vector thereof.
2134  bool hasFloatingRepresentation() const;
2135 
2136  // Type Checking Functions: Check to see if this type is structurally the
2137  // specified type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers, and return a pointer to
2138  // the best type we can.
2139  const RecordType *getAsStructureType() const;
2140  /// NOTE: getAs*ArrayType are methods on ASTContext.
2141  const RecordType *getAsUnionType() const;
2142  const ComplexType *getAsComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC complex int type.
2143  const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCInterfaceType() const;
2144 
2145  // The following is a convenience method that returns an ObjCObjectPointerType
2146  // for object declared using an interface.
2147  const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCInterfacePointerType() const;
2148  const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedIdType() const;
2149  const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedClassType() const;
2150  const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const;
2151 
2152  /// Retrieves the CXXRecordDecl that this type refers to, either
2153  /// because the type is a RecordType or because it is the injected-class-name
2154  /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization.
2155  CXXRecordDecl *getAsCXXRecordDecl() const;
2156 
2157  /// Retrieves the RecordDecl this type refers to.
2158  RecordDecl *getAsRecordDecl() const;
2159 
2160  /// Retrieves the TagDecl that this type refers to, either
2161  /// because the type is a TagType or because it is the injected-class-name
2162  /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization.
2163  TagDecl *getAsTagDecl() const;
2164 
2165  /// If this is a pointer or reference to a RecordType, return the
2166  /// CXXRecordDecl that the type refers to.
2167  ///
2168  /// If this is not a pointer or reference, or the type being pointed to does
2169  /// not refer to a CXXRecordDecl, returns NULL.
2170  const CXXRecordDecl *getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() const;
2171 
2172  /// Get the DeducedType whose type will be deduced for a variable with
2173  /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer
2174  /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs.
2175  DeducedType *getContainedDeducedType() const;
2176 
2177  /// Get the AutoType whose type will be deduced for a variable with
2178  /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer
2179  /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs.
2181  return dyn_cast_or_null<AutoType>(getContainedDeducedType());
2182  }
2183 
2184  /// Determine whether this type was written with a leading 'auto'
2185  /// corresponding to a trailing return type (possibly for a nested
2186  /// function type within a pointer to function type or similar).
2187  bool hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() const;
2188 
2189  /// Member-template getAs<specific type>'. Look through sugar for
2190  /// an instance of <specific type>. This scheme will eventually
2191  /// replace the specific getAsXXXX methods above.
2192  ///
2193  /// There are some specializations of this member template listed
2194  /// immediately following this class.
2195  template <typename T> const T *getAs() const;
2196 
2197  /// Member-template getAsAdjusted<specific type>. Look through specific kinds
2198  /// of sugar (parens, attributes, etc) for an instance of <specific type>.
2199  /// This is used when you need to walk over sugar nodes that represent some
2200  /// kind of type adjustment from a type that was written as a <specific type>
2201  /// to another type that is still canonically a <specific type>.
2202  template <typename T> const T *getAsAdjusted() const;
2203 
2204  /// A variant of getAs<> for array types which silently discards
2205  /// qualifiers from the outermost type.
2206  const ArrayType *getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const;
2207 
2208  /// Member-template castAs<specific type>. Look through sugar for
2209  /// the underlying instance of <specific type>.
2210  ///
2211  /// This method has the same relationship to getAs<T> as cast<T> has
2212  /// to dyn_cast<T>; which is to say, the underlying type *must*
2213  /// have the intended type, and this method will never return null.
2214  template <typename T> const T *castAs() const;
2215 
2216  /// A variant of castAs<> for array type which silently discards
2217  /// qualifiers from the outermost type.
2218  const ArrayType *castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const;
2219 
2220  /// Determine whether this type had the specified attribute applied to it
2221  /// (looking through top-level type sugar).
2222  bool hasAttr(attr::Kind AK) const;
2223 
2224  /// Get the base element type of this type, potentially discarding type
2225  /// qualifiers. This should never be used when type qualifiers
2226  /// are meaningful.
2227  const Type *getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const;
2228 
2229  /// If this is an array type, return the element type of the array,
2230  /// potentially with type qualifiers missing.
2231  /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful.
2232  const Type *getArrayElementTypeNoTypeQual() const;
2233 
2234  /// If this is a pointer type, return the pointee type.
2235  /// If this is an array type, return the array element type.
2236  /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful.
2237  const Type *getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const;
2238 
2239  /// If this is a pointer, ObjC object pointer, or block
2240  /// pointer, this returns the respective pointee.
2241  QualType getPointeeType() const;
2242 
2243  /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from the type,
2244  /// removing any typedefs, typeofs, etc., as well as any qualifiers.
2245  const Type *getUnqualifiedDesugaredType() const;
2246 
2247  /// More type predicates useful for type checking/promotion
2248  bool isPromotableIntegerType() const; // C99 6.3.1.1p2
2249 
2250  /// Return true if this is an integer type that is
2251  /// signed, according to C99 6.2.5p4 [char, signed char, short, int, long..],
2252  /// or an enum decl which has a signed representation.
2253  bool isSignedIntegerType() const;
2254 
2255  /// Return true if this is an integer type that is
2256  /// unsigned, according to C99 6.2.5p6 [which returns true for _Bool],
2257  /// or an enum decl which has an unsigned representation.
2258  bool isUnsignedIntegerType() const;
2259 
2260  /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is signed or an
2261  /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a signed integer type.
2262  bool isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const;
2263 
2264  /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is unsigned or an
2265  /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a unsigned integer type.
2266  bool isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const;
2267 
2268  /// Return true if this is a fixed point type according to
2269  /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169.
2270  bool isFixedPointType() const;
2271 
2272  /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to
2273  /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned.
2274  bool isSaturatedFixedPointType() const;
2275 
2276  /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to
2277  /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned.
2278  bool isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const;
2279 
2280  /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is signed according
2281  /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated.
2282  bool isSignedFixedPointType() const;
2283 
2284  /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is unsigned according
2285  /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated.
2286  bool isUnsignedFixedPointType() const;
2287 
2288  /// Return true if this is not a variable sized type,
2289  /// according to the rules of C99 6.7.5p3. It is not legal to call this on
2290  /// incomplete types.
2291  bool isConstantSizeType() const;
2292 
2293  /// Returns true if this type can be represented by some
2294  /// set of type specifiers.
2295  bool isSpecifierType() const;
2296 
2297  /// Determine the linkage of this type.
2298  Linkage getLinkage() const;
2299 
2300  /// Determine the visibility of this type.
2302  return getLinkageAndVisibility().getVisibility();
2303  }
2304 
2305  /// Return true if the visibility was explicitly set is the code.
2306  bool isVisibilityExplicit() const {
2307  return getLinkageAndVisibility().isVisibilityExplicit();
2308  }
2309 
2310  /// Determine the linkage and visibility of this type.
2311  LinkageInfo getLinkageAndVisibility() const;
2312 
2313  /// True if the computed linkage is valid. Used for consistency
2314  /// checking. Should always return true.
2315  bool isLinkageValid() const;
2316 
2317  /// Determine the nullability of the given type.
2318  ///
2319  /// Note that nullability is only captured as sugar within the type
2320  /// system, not as part of the canonical type, so nullability will
2321  /// be lost by canonicalization and desugaring.
2322  Optional<NullabilityKind> getNullability(const ASTContext &context) const;
2323 
2324  /// Determine whether the given type can have a nullability
2325  /// specifier applied to it, i.e., if it is any kind of pointer type.
2326  ///
2327  /// \param ResultIfUnknown The value to return if we don't yet know whether
2328  /// this type can have nullability because it is dependent.
2329  bool canHaveNullability(bool ResultIfUnknown = true) const;
2330 
2331  /// Retrieve the set of substitutions required when accessing a member
2332  /// of the Objective-C receiver type that is declared in the given context.
2333  ///
2334  /// \c *this is the type of the object we're operating on, e.g., the
2335  /// receiver for a message send or the base of a property access, and is
2336  /// expected to be of some object or object pointer type.
2337  ///
2338  /// \param dc The declaration context for which we are building up a
2339  /// substitution mapping, which should be an Objective-C class, extension,
2340  /// category, or method within.
2341  ///
2342  /// \returns an array of type arguments that can be substituted for
2343  /// the type parameters of the given declaration context in any type described
2344  /// within that context, or an empty optional to indicate that no
2345  /// substitution is required.
2347  getObjCSubstitutions(const DeclContext *dc) const;
2348 
2349  /// Determines if this is an ObjC interface type that may accept type
2350  /// parameters.
2351  bool acceptsObjCTypeParams() const;
2352 
2353  const char *getTypeClassName() const;
2354 
2356  return CanonicalType;
2357  }
2358 
2359  CanQualType getCanonicalTypeUnqualified() const; // in CanonicalType.h
2360  void dump() const;
2361  void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const;
2362 };
2363 
2364 /// This will check for a TypedefType by removing any existing sugar
2365 /// until it reaches a TypedefType or a non-sugared type.
2366 template <> const TypedefType *Type::getAs() const;
2367 
2368 /// This will check for a TemplateSpecializationType by removing any
2369 /// existing sugar until it reaches a TemplateSpecializationType or a
2370 /// non-sugared type.
2371 template <> const TemplateSpecializationType *Type::getAs() const;
2372 
2373 /// This will check for an AttributedType by removing any existing sugar
2374 /// until it reaches an AttributedType or a non-sugared type.
2375 template <> const AttributedType *Type::getAs() const;
2376 
2377 // We can do canonical leaf types faster, because we don't have to
2378 // worry about preserving child type decoration.
2379 #define TYPE(Class, Base)
2380 #define LEAF_TYPE(Class) \
2381 template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::getAs() const { \
2382  return dyn_cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \
2383 } \
2384 template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::castAs() const { \
2385  return cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \
2386 }
2387 #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
2388 
2389 /// This class is used for builtin types like 'int'. Builtin
2390 /// types are always canonical and have a literal name field.
2391 class BuiltinType : public Type {
2392 public:
2393  enum Kind {
2394 // OpenCL image types
2395 #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) Id,
2396 #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
2397 // OpenCL extension types
2398 #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) Id,
2399 #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
2400 // All other builtin types
2401 #define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) Id,
2402 #define LAST_BUILTIN_TYPE(Id) LastKind = Id
2403 #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
2404  };
2405 
2406 private:
2407  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
2408 
2409  BuiltinType(Kind K)
2410  : Type(Builtin, QualType(), /*Dependent=*/(K == Dependent),
2411  /*InstantiationDependent=*/(K == Dependent),
2412  /*VariablyModified=*/false,
2413  /*Unexpanded parameter pack=*/false) {
2414  BuiltinTypeBits.Kind = K;
2415  }
2416 
2417 public:
2418  Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(BuiltinTypeBits.Kind); }
2419  StringRef getName(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;
2420 
2421  const char *getNameAsCString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const {
2422  // The StringRef is null-terminated.
2423  StringRef str = getName(Policy);
2424  assert(!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0');
2425  return str.data();
2426  }
2427 
2428  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
2429  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
2430 
2431  bool isInteger() const {
2432  return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= Int128;
2433  }
2434 
2435  bool isSignedInteger() const {
2436  return getKind() >= Char_S && getKind() <= Int128;
2437  }
2438 
2439  bool isUnsignedInteger() const {
2440  return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= UInt128;
2441  }
2442 
2443  bool isFloatingPoint() const {
2444  return getKind() >= Half && getKind() <= Float128;
2445  }
2446 
2447  /// Determines whether the given kind corresponds to a placeholder type.
2448  static bool isPlaceholderTypeKind(Kind K) {
2449  return K >= Overload;
2450  }
2451 
2452  /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type, i.e. a type
2453  /// which cannot appear in arbitrary positions in a fully-formed
2454  /// expression.
2455  bool isPlaceholderType() const {
2456  return isPlaceholderTypeKind(getKind());
2457  }
2458 
2459  /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type other than
2460  /// Overload. Most placeholder types require only syntactic
2461  /// information about their context in order to be resolved (e.g.
2462  /// whether it is a call expression), which means they can (and
2463  /// should) be resolved in an earlier "phase" of analysis.
2464  /// Overload expressions sometimes pick up further information
2465  /// from their context, like whether the context expects a
2466  /// specific function-pointer type, and so frequently need
2467  /// special treatment.
2469  return getKind() > Overload;
2470  }
2471 
2472  static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Builtin; }
2473 };
2474 
2475 /// Complex values, per C99 6.2.5p11. This supports the C99 complex
2476 /// types (_Complex float etc) as well as the GCC integer complex extensions.
2477 class ComplexType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
2478  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
2479 
2480  QualType ElementType;
2481 
2482  ComplexType(QualType Element, QualType CanonicalPtr)
2483  : Type(Complex, CanonicalPtr, Element->isDependentType(),
2484  Element->isInstantiationDependentType(),
2485  Element->isVariablyModifiedType(),
2486  Element->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
2487  ElementType(Element) {}
2488 
2489 public:
2490  QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
2491 
2492  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
2493  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
2494 
2495  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
2496  Profile(ID, getElementType());
2497  }
2498 
2499  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Element) {
2500  ID.AddPointer(Element.getAsOpaquePtr());
2501  }
2502 
2503  static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Complex; }
2504 };
2505 
2506 /// Sugar for parentheses used when specifying types.
2507 class ParenType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
2508  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
2509 
2510  QualType Inner;
2511 
2512  ParenType(QualType InnerType, QualType CanonType)
2513  : Type(Paren, CanonType, InnerType->isDependentType(),
2514  InnerType->isInstantiationDependentType(),
2515  InnerType->isVariablyModifiedType(),
2516  InnerType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
2517  Inner(InnerType) {}
2518 
2519 public:
2520  QualType getInnerType() const { return Inner; }
2521 
2522  bool isSugared() const { return true; }
2523  QualType desugar() const { return getInnerType(); }
2524 
2525  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
2526  Profile(ID, getInnerType());
2527  }
2528 
2529  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Inner) {
2530  Inner.Profile(ID);
2531  }
2532 
2533  static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Paren; }
2534 };
2535 
2536 /// PointerType - C99 6.7.5.1 - Pointer Declarators.
2537 class PointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
2538  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
2539 
2540  QualType PointeeType;
2541 
2542  PointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalPtr)
2543  : Type(Pointer, CanonicalPtr, Pointee->isDependentType(),
2544  Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(),
2545  Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(),
2546  Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
2547  PointeeType(Pointee) {}
2548 
2549 public:
2550  QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }
2551 
2552  /// Returns true if address spaces of pointers overlap.
2553  /// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules for pointers to different
2554  /// address spaces (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of overlapping
2555  /// address spaces.
2556  /// CL1.1 or CL1.2:
2557  /// address spaces overlap iff they are they same.
2558  /// CL2.0 adds:
2559  /// __generic overlaps with any address space except for __constant.
2560  bool isAddressSpaceOverlapping(const PointerType &other) const {
2561  Qualifiers thisQuals = PointeeType.getQualifiers();
2562  Qualifiers otherQuals = other.getPointeeType().getQualifiers();
2563  // Address spaces overlap if at least one of them is a superset of another
2564  return thisQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(otherQuals) ||
2565  otherQuals.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(thisQuals);
2566  }
2567 
2568  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
2569  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
2570 
2571  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
2572  Profile(ID, getPointeeType());
2573  }
2574 
2575  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) {
2576  ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr());
2577  }
2578 
2579  static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Pointer; }
2580 };
2581 
2582 /// Represents a type which was implicitly adjusted by the semantic
2583 /// engine for arbitrary reasons. For example, array and function types can
2584 /// decay, and function types can have their calling conventions adjusted.
2585 class AdjustedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
2586  QualType OriginalTy;
2587  QualType AdjustedTy;
2588 
2589 protected:
2590  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
2591 
2592  AdjustedType(TypeClass TC, QualType OriginalTy, QualType AdjustedTy,
2593  QualType CanonicalPtr)
2594  : Type(TC, CanonicalPtr, OriginalTy->isDependentType(),
2595  OriginalTy->isInstantiationDependentType(),
2596  OriginalTy->isVariablyModifiedType(),
2597  OriginalTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
2598  OriginalTy(OriginalTy), AdjustedTy(AdjustedTy) {}
2599 
2600 public:
2601  QualType getOriginalType() const { return OriginalTy; }
2602  QualType getAdjustedType() const { return AdjustedTy; }
2603 
2604  bool isSugared() const { return true; }
2605  QualType desugar() const { return AdjustedTy; }
2606 
2607  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
2608  Profile(ID, OriginalTy, AdjustedTy);
2609  }
2610 
2611  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Orig, QualType New) {
2612  ID.AddPointer(Orig.getAsOpaquePtr());
2613  ID.AddPointer(New.getAsOpaquePtr());
2614  }
2615 
2616  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
2617  return T->getTypeClass() == Adjusted || T->getTypeClass() == Decayed;
2618  }
2619 };
2620 
2621 /// Represents a pointer type decayed from an array or function type.
2622 class DecayedType : public AdjustedType {
2623  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
2624 
2625  inline
2626  DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType Decayed, QualType Canonical);
2627 
2628 public:
2629  QualType getDecayedType() const { return getAdjustedType(); }
2630 
2631  inline QualType getPointeeType() const;
2632 
2633  static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; }
2634 };
2635 
2636 /// Pointer to a block type.
2637 /// This type is to represent types syntactically represented as
2638 /// "void (^)(int)", etc. Pointee is required to always be a function type.
2639 class BlockPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
2640  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
2641 
2642  // Block is some kind of pointer type
2643  QualType PointeeType;
2644 
2645  BlockPointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalCls)
2646  : Type(BlockPointer, CanonicalCls, Pointee->isDependentType(),
2647  Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(),
2648  Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(),
2649  Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
2650  PointeeType(Pointee) {}
2651 
2652 public:
2653  // Get the pointee type. Pointee is required to always be a function type.
2654  QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }
2655 
2656  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
2657  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
2658 
2659  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
2660  Profile(ID, getPointeeType());
2661  }
2662 
2663  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) {
2664  ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr());
2665  }
2666 
2667  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
2668  return T->getTypeClass() == BlockPointer;
2669  }
2670 };
2671 
2672 /// Base for LValueReferenceType and RValueReferenceType
2673 class ReferenceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
2674  QualType PointeeType;
2675 
2676 protected:
2677  ReferenceType(TypeClass tc, QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef,
2678  bool SpelledAsLValue)
2679  : Type(tc, CanonicalRef, Referencee->isDependentType(),
2680  Referencee->isInstantiationDependentType(),
2681  Referencee->isVariablyModifiedType(),
2682  Referencee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
2683  PointeeType(Referencee) {
2684  ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue = SpelledAsLValue;
2685  ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef = Referencee->isReferenceType();
2686  }
2687 
2688 public:
2689  bool isSpelledAsLValue() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue; }
2690  bool isInnerRef() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef; }
2691 
2692  QualType getPointeeTypeAsWritten() const { return PointeeType; }
2693 
2695  // FIXME: this might strip inner qualifiers; okay?
2696  const ReferenceType *T = this;
2697  while (T->isInnerRef())
2698  T = T->PointeeType->castAs<ReferenceType>();
2699  return T->PointeeType;
2700  }
2701 
2702  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
2703  Profile(ID, PointeeType, isSpelledAsLValue());
2704  }
2705 
2706  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
2707  QualType Referencee,
2708  bool SpelledAsLValue) {
2709  ID.AddPointer(Referencee.getAsOpaquePtr());
2710  ID.AddBoolean(SpelledAsLValue);
2711  }
2712 
2713  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
2714  return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference ||
2715  T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference;
2716  }
2717 };
2718 
2719 /// An lvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref].
2721  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these
2722 
2723  LValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef,
2724  bool SpelledAsLValue)
2725  : ReferenceType(LValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef,
2726  SpelledAsLValue) {}
2727 
2728 public:
2729  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
2730  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
2731 
2732  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
2733  return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference;
2734  }
2735 };
2736 
2737 /// An rvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref].
2739  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these
2740 
2741  RValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef)
2742  : ReferenceType(RValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, false) {}
2743 
2744 public:
2745  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
2746  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
2747 
2748  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
2749  return T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference;
2750  }
2751 };
2752 
2753 /// A pointer to member type per C++ 8.3.3 - Pointers to members.
2754 ///
2755 /// This includes both pointers to data members and pointer to member functions.
2756 class MemberPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
2757  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
2758 
2759  QualType PointeeType;
2760 
2761  /// The class of which the pointee is a member. Must ultimately be a
2762  /// RecordType, but could be a typedef or a template parameter too.
2763  const Type *Class;
2764 
2765  MemberPointerType(QualType Pointee, const Type *Cls, QualType CanonicalPtr)
2766  : Type(MemberPointer, CanonicalPtr,
2767  Cls->isDependentType() || Pointee->isDependentType(),
2768  (Cls->isInstantiationDependentType() ||
2769  Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType()),
2770  Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(),
2771  (Cls->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() ||
2772  Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())),
2773  PointeeType(Pointee), Class(Cls) {}
2774 
2775 public:
2776  QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }
2777 
2778  /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a
2779  /// function type rather than a data-member type.
2781  return PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType();
2782  }
2783 
2784  /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a
2785  /// data type rather than a function type.
2786  bool isMemberDataPointer() const {
2787  return !PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType();
2788  }
2789 
2790  const Type *getClass() const { return Class; }
2791  CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl() const;
2792 
2793  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
2794  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
2795 
2796  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
2797  Profile(ID, getPointeeType(), getClass());
2798  }
2799 
2800  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee,
2801  const Type *Class) {
2802  ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr());
2803  ID.AddPointer(Class);
2804  }
2805 
2806  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
2807  return T->getTypeClass() == MemberPointer;
2808  }
2809 };
2810 
2811 /// Represents an array type, per C99 6.7.5.2 - Array Declarators.
2812 class ArrayType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
2813 public:
2814  /// Capture whether this is a normal array (e.g. int X[4])
2815  /// an array with a static size (e.g. int X[static 4]), or an array
2816  /// with a star size (e.g. int X[*]).
2817  /// 'static' is only allowed on function parameters.
2819  Normal, Static, Star
2820  };
2821 
2822 private:
2823  /// The element type of the array.
2824  QualType ElementType;
2825 
2826 protected:
2827  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
2828 
2829  // C++ [temp.dep.type]p1:
2830  // A type is dependent if it is...
2831  // - an array type constructed from any dependent type or whose
2832  // size is specified by a constant expression that is
2833  // value-dependent,
2835  ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq,
2836  bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack)
2837  : Type(tc, can, et->isDependentType() || tc == DependentSizedArray,
2838  et->isInstantiationDependentType() || tc == DependentSizedArray,
2839  (tc == VariableArray || et->isVariablyModifiedType()),
2840  ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack),
2841  ElementType(et) {
2842  ArrayTypeBits.IndexTypeQuals = tq;
2843  ArrayTypeBits.SizeModifier = sm;
2844  }
2845 
2846 public:
2847  QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
2848 
2850  return ArraySizeModifier(ArrayTypeBits.SizeModifier);
2851  }
2852 
2854  return Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
2855  }
2856 
2857  unsigned getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers() const {
2858  return ArrayTypeBits.IndexTypeQuals;
2859  }
2860 
2861  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
2862  return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray ||
2863  T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray ||
2864  T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray ||
2865  T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray;
2866  }
2867 };
2868 
2869 /// Represents the canonical version of C arrays with a specified constant size.
2870 /// For example, the canonical type for 'int A[4 + 4*100]' is a
2871 /// ConstantArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is 404.
2873  llvm::APInt Size; // Allows us to unique the type.
2874 
2875  ConstantArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, const llvm::APInt &size,
2876  ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq)
2877  : ArrayType(ConstantArray, et, can, sm, tq,
2879  Size(size) {}
2880 
2881 protected:
2882  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
2883 
2885  const llvm::APInt &size, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq)
2886  : ArrayType(tc, et, can, sm, tq, et->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
2887  Size(size) {}
2888 
2889 public:
2890  const llvm::APInt &getSize() const { return Size; }
2891  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
2892  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
2893 
2894  /// Determine the number of bits required to address a member of
2895  // an array with the given element type and number of elements.
2896  static unsigned getNumAddressingBits(const ASTContext &Context,
2897  QualType ElementType,
2898  const llvm::APInt &NumElements);
2899 
2900  /// Determine the maximum number of active bits that an array's size
2901  /// can require, which limits the maximum size of the array.
2902  static unsigned getMaxSizeBits(const ASTContext &Context);
2903 
2904  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
2905  Profile(ID, getElementType(), getSize(),
2906  getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
2907  }
2908 
2909  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET,
2910  const llvm::APInt &ArraySize, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod,
2911  unsigned TypeQuals) {
2912  ID.AddPointer(ET.getAsOpaquePtr());
2913  ID.AddInteger(ArraySize.getZExtValue());
2914  ID.AddInteger(SizeMod);
2915  ID.AddInteger(TypeQuals);
2916  }
2917 
2918  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
2919  return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray;
2920  }
2921 };
2922 
2923 /// Represents a C array with an unspecified size. For example 'int A[]' has
2924 /// an IncompleteArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is
2925 /// unspecified.
2927  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
2928 
2930  ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq)
2931  : ArrayType(IncompleteArray, et, can, sm, tq,
2932  et->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) {}
2933 
2934 public:
2935  friend class StmtIteratorBase;
2936 
2937  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
2938  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
2939 
2940  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
2941  return T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray;
2942  }
2943 
2944  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
2945  Profile(ID, getElementType(), getSizeModifier(),
2946  getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
2947  }
2948 
2949  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET,
2950  ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, unsigned TypeQuals) {
2951  ID.AddPointer(ET.getAsOpaquePtr());
2952  ID.AddInteger(SizeMod);
2953  ID.AddInteger(TypeQuals);
2954  }
2955 };
2956 
2957 /// Represents a C array with a specified size that is not an
2958 /// integer-constant-expression. For example, 'int s[x+foo()]'.
2959 /// Since the size expression is an arbitrary expression, we store it as such.
2960 ///
2961 /// Note: VariableArrayType's aren't uniqued (since the expressions aren't) and
2962 /// should not be: two lexically equivalent variable array types could mean
2963 /// different things, for example, these variables do not have the same type
2964 /// dynamically:
2965 ///
2966 /// void foo(int x) {
2967 /// int Y[x];
2968 /// ++x;
2969 /// int Z[x];
2970 /// }
2972  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
2973 
2974  /// An assignment-expression. VLA's are only permitted within
2975  /// a function block.
2976  Stmt *SizeExpr;
2977 
2978  /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets.
2979  SourceRange Brackets;
2980 
2982  ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq,
2983  SourceRange brackets)
2984  : ArrayType(VariableArray, et, can, sm, tq,
2985  et->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
2986  SizeExpr((Stmt*) e), Brackets(brackets) {}
2987 
2988 public:
2989  friend class StmtIteratorBase;
2990 
2991  Expr *getSizeExpr() const {
2992  // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish
2993  // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h.
2994  return (Expr*) SizeExpr;
2995  }
2996 
2997  SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; }
2998  SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); }
2999  SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); }
3000 
3001  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
3002  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
3003 
3004  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
3005  return T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray;
3006  }
3007 
3008  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
3009  llvm_unreachable("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes.");
3010  }
3011 };
3012 
3013 /// Represents an array type in C++ whose size is a value-dependent expression.
3014 ///
3015 /// For example:
3016 /// \code
3017 /// template<typename T, int Size>
3018 /// class array {
3019 /// T data[Size];
3020 /// };
3021 /// \endcode
3022 ///
3023 /// For these types, we won't actually know what the array bound is
3024 /// until template instantiation occurs, at which point this will
3025 /// become either a ConstantArrayType or a VariableArrayType.
3027  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
3028 
3029  const ASTContext &Context;
3030 
3031  /// An assignment expression that will instantiate to the
3032  /// size of the array.
3033  ///
3034  /// The expression itself might be null, in which case the array
3035  /// type will have its size deduced from an initializer.
3036  Stmt *SizeExpr;
3037 
3038  /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets.
3039  SourceRange Brackets;
3040 
3041  DependentSizedArrayType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType et, QualType can,
3042  Expr *e, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq,
3043  SourceRange brackets);
3044 
3045 public:
3046  friend class StmtIteratorBase;
3047 
3048  Expr *getSizeExpr() const {
3049  // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish
3050  // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h.
3051  return (Expr*) SizeExpr;
3052  }
3053 
3054  SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; }
3055  SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); }
3056  SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); }
3057 
3058  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
3059  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
3060 
3061  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
3062  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray;
3063  }
3064 
3065  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
3066  Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(),
3067  getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), getSizeExpr());
3068  }
3069 
3070  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
3071  QualType ET, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod,
3072  unsigned TypeQuals, Expr *E);
3073 };
3074 
3075 /// Represents an extended address space qualifier where the input address space
3076 /// value is dependent. Non-dependent address spaces are not represented with a
3077 /// special Type subclass; they are stored on an ExtQuals node as part of a QualType.
3078 ///
3079 /// For example:
3080 /// \code
3081 /// template<typename T, int AddrSpace>
3082 /// class AddressSpace {
3083 /// typedef T __attribute__((address_space(AddrSpace))) type;
3084 /// }
3085 /// \endcode
3086 class DependentAddressSpaceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
3087  friend class ASTContext;
3088 
3089  const ASTContext &Context;
3090  Expr *AddrSpaceExpr;
3091  QualType PointeeType;
3092  SourceLocation loc;
3093 
3094  DependentAddressSpaceType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType PointeeType,
3095  QualType can, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr,
3096  SourceLocation loc);
3097 
3098 public:
3099  Expr *getAddrSpaceExpr() const { return AddrSpaceExpr; }
3100  QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }
3101  SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; }
3102 
3103  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
3104  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
3105 
3106  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
3107  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentAddressSpace;
3108  }
3109 
3110  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
3111  Profile(ID, Context, getPointeeType(), getAddrSpaceExpr());
3112  }
3113 
3114  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
3115  QualType PointeeType, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr);
3116 };
3117 
3118 /// Represents an extended vector type where either the type or size is
3119 /// dependent.
3120 ///
3121 /// For example:
3122 /// \code
3123 /// template<typename T, int Size>
3124 /// class vector {
3125 /// typedef T __attribute__((ext_vector_type(Size))) type;
3126 /// }
3127 /// \endcode
3128 class DependentSizedExtVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
3129  friend class ASTContext;
3130 
3131  const ASTContext &Context;
3132  Expr *SizeExpr;
3133 
3134  /// The element type of the array.
3135  QualType ElementType;
3136 
3137  SourceLocation loc;
3138 
3139  DependentSizedExtVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType,
3140  QualType can, Expr *SizeExpr, SourceLocation loc);
3141 
3142 public:
3143  Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; }
3144  QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
3145  SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; }
3146 
3147  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
3148  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
3149 
3150  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
3151  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedExtVector;
3152  }
3153 
3154  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
3155  Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr());
3156  }
3157 
3158  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
3159  QualType ElementType, Expr *SizeExpr);
3160 };
3161 
3162 
3163 /// Represents a GCC generic vector type. This type is created using
3164 /// __attribute__((vector_size(n)), where "n" specifies the vector size in
3165 /// bytes; or from an Altivec __vector or vector declaration.
3166 /// Since the constructor takes the number of vector elements, the
3167 /// client is responsible for converting the size into the number of elements.
3168 class VectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
3169 public:
3170  enum VectorKind {
3171  /// not a target-specific vector type
3173 
3174  /// is AltiVec vector
3176 
3177  /// is AltiVec 'vector Pixel'
3179 
3180  /// is AltiVec 'vector bool ...'
3182 
3183  /// is ARM Neon vector
3185 
3186  /// is ARM Neon polynomial vector
3187  NeonPolyVector
3188  };
3189 
3190 protected:
3191  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
3192 
3193  /// The element type of the vector.
3195 
3196  VectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType,
3197  VectorKind vecKind);
3198 
3199  VectorType(TypeClass tc, QualType vecType, unsigned nElements,
3200  QualType canonType, VectorKind vecKind);
3201 
3202 public:
3203  QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
3204  unsigned getNumElements() const { return VectorTypeBits.NumElements; }
3205 
3206  static bool isVectorSizeTooLarge(unsigned NumElements) {
3207  return NumElements > VectorTypeBitfields::MaxNumElements;
3208  }
3209 
3210  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
3211  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
3212 
3214  return VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind);
3215  }
3216 
3217  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
3218  Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumElements(),
3219  getTypeClass(), getVectorKind());
3220  }
3221 
3222  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType,
3223  unsigned NumElements, TypeClass TypeClass,
3224  VectorKind VecKind) {
3225  ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr());
3226  ID.AddInteger(NumElements);
3227  ID.AddInteger(TypeClass);
3228  ID.AddInteger(VecKind);
3229  }
3230 
3231  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
3232  return T->getTypeClass() == Vector || T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector;
3233  }
3234 };
3235 
3236 /// Represents a vector type where either the type or size is dependent.
3237 ////
3238 /// For example:
3239 /// \code
3240 /// template<typename T, int Size>
3241 /// class vector {
3242 /// typedef T __attribute__((vector_size(Size))) type;
3243 /// }
3244 /// \endcode
3245 class DependentVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
3246  friend class ASTContext;
3247 
3248  const ASTContext &Context;
3249  QualType ElementType;
3250  Expr *SizeExpr;
3251  SourceLocation Loc;
3252 
3253  DependentVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType,
3254  QualType CanonType, Expr *SizeExpr,
3255  SourceLocation Loc, VectorType::VectorKind vecKind);
3256 
3257 public:
3258  Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; }
3259  QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
3260  SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return Loc; }
3262  return VectorType::VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind);
3263  }
3264 
3265  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
3266  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
3267 
3268  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
3269  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentVector;
3270  }
3271 
3272  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
3273  Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr(), getVectorKind());
3274  }
3275 
3276  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
3277  QualType ElementType, const Expr *SizeExpr,
3278  VectorType::VectorKind VecKind);
3279 };
3280 
3281 /// ExtVectorType - Extended vector type. This type is created using
3282 /// __attribute__((ext_vector_type(n)), where "n" is the number of elements.
3283 /// Unlike vector_size, ext_vector_type is only allowed on typedef's. This
3284 /// class enables syntactic extensions, like Vector Components for accessing
3285 /// points (as .xyzw), colors (as .rgba), and textures (modeled after OpenGL
3286 /// Shading Language).
3287 class ExtVectorType : public VectorType {
3288  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
3289 
3290  ExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType)
3291  : VectorType(ExtVector, vecType, nElements, canonType, GenericVector) {}
3292 
3293 public:
3294  static int getPointAccessorIdx(char c) {
3295  switch (c) {
3296  default: return -1;
3297  case 'x': case 'r': return 0;
3298  case 'y': case 'g': return 1;
3299  case 'z': case 'b': return 2;
3300  case 'w': case 'a': return 3;
3301  }
3302  }
3303 
3304  static int getNumericAccessorIdx(char c) {
3305  switch (c) {
3306  default: return -1;
3307  case '0': return 0;
3308  case '1': return 1;
3309  case '2': return 2;
3310  case '3': return 3;
3311  case '4': return 4;
3312  case '5': return 5;
3313  case '6': return 6;
3314  case '7': return 7;
3315  case '8': return 8;
3316  case '9': return 9;
3317  case 'A':
3318  case 'a': return 10;
3319  case 'B':
3320  case 'b': return 11;
3321  case 'C':
3322  case 'c': return 12;
3323  case 'D':
3324  case 'd': return 13;
3325  case 'E':
3326  case 'e': return 14;
3327  case 'F':
3328  case 'f': return 15;
3329  }
3330  }
3331 
3332  static int getAccessorIdx(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) {
3333  if (isNumericAccessor)
3334  return getNumericAccessorIdx(c);
3335  else
3336  return getPointAccessorIdx(c);
3337  }
3338 
3339  bool isAccessorWithinNumElements(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) const {
3340  if (int idx = getAccessorIdx(c, isNumericAccessor)+1)
3341  return unsigned(idx-1) < getNumElements();
3342  return false;
3343  }
3344 
3345  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
3346  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
3347 
3348  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
3349  return T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector;
3350  }
3351 };
3352 
3353 /// FunctionType - C99 6.7.5.3 - Function Declarators. This is the common base
3354 /// class of FunctionNoProtoType and FunctionProtoType.
3355 class FunctionType : public Type {
3356  // The type returned by the function.
3357  QualType ResultType;
3358 
3359 public:
3360  /// Interesting information about a specific parameter that can't simply
3361  /// be reflected in parameter's type. This is only used by FunctionProtoType
3362  /// but is in FunctionType to make this class available during the
3363  /// specification of the bases of FunctionProtoType.
3364  ///
3365  /// It makes sense to model language features this way when there's some
3366  /// sort of parameter-specific override (such as an attribute) that
3367  /// affects how the function is called. For example, the ARC ns_consumed
3368  /// attribute changes whether a parameter is passed at +0 (the default)
3369  /// or +1 (ns_consumed). This must be reflected in the function type,
3370  /// but isn't really a change to the parameter type.
3371  ///
3372  /// One serious disadvantage of modelling language features this way is
3373  /// that they generally do not work with language features that attempt
3374  /// to destructure types. For example, template argument deduction will
3375  /// not be able to match a parameter declared as
3376  /// T (*)(U)
3377  /// against an argument of type
3378  /// void (*)(__attribute__((ns_consumed)) id)
3379  /// because the substitution of T=void, U=id into the former will
3380  /// not produce the latter.
3382  enum {
3383  ABIMask = 0x0F,
3384  IsConsumed = 0x10,
3385  HasPassObjSize = 0x20,
3386  IsNoEscape = 0x40,
3387  };
3388  unsigned char Data = 0;
3389 
3390  public:
3391  ExtParameterInfo() = default;
3392 
3393  /// Return the ABI treatment of this parameter.
3394  ParameterABI getABI() const { return ParameterABI(Data & ABIMask); }
3396  ExtParameterInfo copy = *this;
3397  copy.Data = (copy.Data & ~ABIMask) | unsigned(kind);
3398  return copy;
3399  }
3400 
3401  /// Is this parameter considered "consumed" by Objective-C ARC?
3402  /// Consumed parameters must have retainable object type.
3403  bool isConsumed() const { return (Data & IsConsumed); }
3404  ExtParameterInfo withIsConsumed(bool consumed) const {
3405  ExtParameterInfo copy = *this;
3406  if (consumed)
3407  copy.Data |= IsConsumed;
3408  else
3409  copy.Data &= ~IsConsumed;
3410  return copy;
3411  }
3412 
3413  bool hasPassObjectSize() const { return Data & HasPassObjSize; }
3415  ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this;
3416  Copy.Data |= HasPassObjSize;
3417  return Copy;
3418  }
3419 
3420  bool isNoEscape() const { return Data & IsNoEscape; }
3421  ExtParameterInfo withIsNoEscape(bool NoEscape) const {
3422  ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this;
3423  if (NoEscape)
3424  Copy.Data |= IsNoEscape;
3425  else
3426  Copy.Data &= ~IsNoEscape;
3427  return Copy;
3428  }
3429 
3430  unsigned char getOpaqueValue() const { return Data; }
3431  static ExtParameterInfo getFromOpaqueValue(unsigned char data) {
3432  ExtParameterInfo result;
3433  result.Data = data;
3434  return result;
3435  }
3436 
3438  return lhs.Data == rhs.Data;
3439  }
3440 
3442  return lhs.Data != rhs.Data;
3443  }
3444  };
3445 
3446  /// A class which abstracts out some details necessary for
3447  /// making a call.
3448  ///
3449  /// It is not actually used directly for storing this information in
3450  /// a FunctionType, although FunctionType does currently use the
3451  /// same bit-pattern.
3452  ///
3453  // If you add a field (say Foo), other than the obvious places (both,
3454  // constructors, compile failures), what you need to update is
3455  // * Operator==
3456  // * getFoo
3457  // * withFoo
3458  // * functionType. Add Foo, getFoo.
3459  // * ASTContext::getFooType
3460  // * ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes
3461  // * FunctionNoProtoType::Profile
3462  // * FunctionProtoType::Profile
3463  // * TypePrinter::PrintFunctionProto
3464  // * AST read and write
3465  // * Codegen
3466  class ExtInfo {
3467  friend class FunctionType;
3468 
3469  // Feel free to rearrange or add bits, but if you go over 12,
3470  // you'll need to adjust both the Bits field below and
3471  // Type::FunctionTypeBitfields.
3472 
3473  // | CC |noreturn|produces|nocallersavedregs|regparm|nocfcheck|
3474  // |0 .. 4| 5 | 6 | 7 |8 .. 10| 11 |
3475  //
3476  // regparm is either 0 (no regparm attribute) or the regparm value+1.
3477  enum { CallConvMask = 0x1F };
3478  enum { NoReturnMask = 0x20 };
3479  enum { ProducesResultMask = 0x40 };
3480  enum { NoCallerSavedRegsMask = 0x80 };
3481  enum { NoCfCheckMask = 0x800 };
3482  enum {
3483  RegParmMask = ~(CallConvMask | NoReturnMask | ProducesResultMask |
3484  NoCallerSavedRegsMask | NoCfCheckMask),
3485  RegParmOffset = 8
3486  }; // Assumed to be the last field
3487  uint16_t Bits = CC_C;
3488 
3489  ExtInfo(unsigned Bits) : Bits(static_cast<uint16_t>(Bits)) {}
3490 
3491  public:
3492  // Constructor with no defaults. Use this when you know that you
3493  // have all the elements (when reading an AST file for example).
3494  ExtInfo(bool noReturn, bool hasRegParm, unsigned regParm, CallingConv cc,
3495  bool producesResult, bool noCallerSavedRegs, bool NoCfCheck) {
3496  assert((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value");
3497  Bits = ((unsigned)cc) | (noReturn ? NoReturnMask : 0) |
3498  (producesResult ? ProducesResultMask : 0) |
3499  (noCallerSavedRegs ? NoCallerSavedRegsMask : 0) |
3500  (hasRegParm ? ((regParm + 1) << RegParmOffset) : 0) |
3501  (NoCfCheck ? NoCfCheckMask : 0);
3502  }
3503 
3504  // Constructor with all defaults. Use when for example creating a
3505  // function known to use defaults.
3506  ExtInfo() = default;
3507 
3508  // Constructor with just the calling convention, which is an important part
3509  // of the canonical type.
3510  ExtInfo(CallingConv CC) : Bits(CC) {}
3511 
3512  bool getNoReturn() const { return Bits & NoReturnMask; }
3513  bool getProducesResult() const { return Bits & ProducesResultMask; }
3514  bool getNoCallerSavedRegs() const { return Bits & NoCallerSavedRegsMask; }
3515  bool getNoCfCheck() const { return Bits & NoCfCheckMask; }
3516  bool getHasRegParm() const { return (Bits >> RegParmOffset) != 0; }
3517 
3518  unsigned getRegParm() const {
3519  unsigned RegParm = (Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset;
3520  if (RegParm > 0)
3521  --RegParm;
3522  return RegParm;
3523  }
3524 
3525  CallingConv getCC() const { return CallingConv(Bits & CallConvMask); }
3526 
3527  bool operator==(ExtInfo Other) const {
3528  return Bits == Other.Bits;
3529  }
3530  bool operator!=(ExtInfo Other) const {
3531  return Bits != Other.Bits;
3532  }
3533 
3534  // Note that we don't have setters. That is by design, use
3535  // the following with methods instead of mutating these objects.
3536 
3537  ExtInfo withNoReturn(bool noReturn) const {
3538  if (noReturn)
3539  return ExtInfo(Bits | NoReturnMask);
3540  else
3541  return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoReturnMask);
3542  }
3543 
3544  ExtInfo withProducesResult(bool producesResult) const {
3545  if (producesResult)
3546  return ExtInfo(Bits | ProducesResultMask);
3547  else
3548  return ExtInfo(Bits & ~ProducesResultMask);
3549  }
3550 
3551  ExtInfo withNoCallerSavedRegs(bool noCallerSavedRegs) const {
3552  if (noCallerSavedRegs)
3553  return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCallerSavedRegsMask);
3554  else
3555  return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCallerSavedRegsMask);
3556  }
3557 
3558  ExtInfo withNoCfCheck(bool noCfCheck) const {
3559  if (noCfCheck)
3560  return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCfCheckMask);
3561  else
3562  return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCfCheckMask);
3563  }
3564 
3565  ExtInfo withRegParm(unsigned RegParm) const {
3566  assert(RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value");
3567  return ExtInfo((Bits & ~RegParmMask) |
3568  ((RegParm + 1) << RegParmOffset));
3569  }
3570 
3572  return ExtInfo((Bits & ~CallConvMask) | (unsigned) cc);
3573  }
3574 
3575  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const {
3576  ID.AddInteger(Bits);
3577  }
3578  };
3579 
3580  /// A simple holder for a QualType representing a type in an
3581  /// exception specification. Unfortunately needed by FunctionProtoType
3582  /// because TrailingObjects cannot handle repeated types.
3584 
3585  /// A simple holder for various uncommon bits which do not fit in
3586  /// FunctionTypeBitfields. Aligned to alignof(void *) to maintain the
3587  /// alignment of subsequent objects in TrailingObjects. You must update
3588  /// hasExtraBitfields in FunctionProtoType after adding extra data here.
3589  struct alignas(void *) FunctionTypeExtraBitfields {
3590  /// The number of types in the exception specification.
3591  /// A whole unsigned is not needed here and according to
3592  /// [implimits] 8 bits would be enough here.
3594  };
3595 
3596 protected:
3598  QualType Canonical, bool Dependent,
3599  bool InstantiationDependent,
3600  bool VariablyModified, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack,
3601  ExtInfo Info)
3602  : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependent, InstantiationDependent, VariablyModified,
3603  ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack),
3604  ResultType(res) {
3605  FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo = Info.Bits;
3606  }
3607 
3609  return Qualifiers::fromFastMask(FunctionTypeBits.FastTypeQuals);
3610  }
3611 
3612 public:
3613  QualType getReturnType() const { return ResultType; }
3614 
3615  bool getHasRegParm() const { return getExtInfo().getHasRegParm(); }
3616  unsigned getRegParmType() const { return getExtInfo().getRegParm(); }
3617 
3618  /// Determine whether this function type includes the GNU noreturn
3619  /// attribute. The C++11 [[noreturn]] attribute does not affect the function
3620  /// type.
3621  bool getNoReturnAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getNoReturn(); }
3622 
3623  CallingConv getCallConv() const { return getExtInfo().getCC(); }
3624  ExtInfo getExtInfo() const { return ExtInfo(FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo); }
3625 
3626  static_assert((~Qualifiers::FastMask & Qualifiers::CVRMask) == 0,
3627  "Const, volatile and restrict are assumed to be a subset of "
3628  "the fast qualifiers.");
3629 
3630  bool isConst() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasConst(); }
3631  bool isVolatile() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasVolatile(); }
3632  bool isRestrict() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasRestrict(); }
3633 
3634  /// Determine the type of an expression that calls a function of
3635  /// this type.
3636  QualType getCallResultType(const ASTContext &Context) const {
3637  return getReturnType().getNonLValueExprType(Context);
3638  }
3639 
3640  static StringRef getNameForCallConv(CallingConv CC);
3641 
3642  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
3643  return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto ||
3644  T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto;
3645  }
3646 };
3647 
3648 /// Represents a K&R-style 'int foo()' function, which has
3649 /// no information available about its arguments.
3650 class FunctionNoProtoType : public FunctionType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
3651  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
3652 
3654  : FunctionType(FunctionNoProto, Result, Canonical,
3655  /*Dependent=*/false, /*InstantiationDependent=*/false,
3656  Result->isVariablyModifiedType(),
3657  /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false, Info) {}
3658 
3659 public:
3660  // No additional state past what FunctionType provides.
3661 
3662  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
3663  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
3664 
3665  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
3666  Profile(ID, getReturnType(), getExtInfo());
3667  }
3668 
3669  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ResultType,
3670  ExtInfo Info) {
3671  Info.Profile(ID);
3672  ID.AddPointer(ResultType.getAsOpaquePtr());
3673  }
3674 
3675  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
3676  return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto;
3677  }
3678 };
3679 
3680 /// Represents a prototype with parameter type info, e.g.
3681 /// 'int foo(int)' or 'int foo(void)'. 'void' is represented as having no
3682 /// parameters, not as having a single void parameter. Such a type can have
3683 /// an exception specification, but this specification is not part of the
3684 /// canonical type. FunctionProtoType has several trailing objects, some of
3685 /// which optional. For more information about the trailing objects see
3686 /// the first comment inside FunctionProtoType.
3688  : public FunctionType,
3689  public llvm::FoldingSetNode,
3690  private llvm::TrailingObjects<
3691  FunctionProtoType, QualType, FunctionType::FunctionTypeExtraBitfields,
3692  FunctionType::ExceptionType, Expr *, FunctionDecl *,
3693  FunctionType::ExtParameterInfo, Qualifiers> {
3694  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
3695  friend TrailingObjects;
3696 
3697  // FunctionProtoType is followed by several trailing objects, some of
3698  // which optional. They are in order:
3699  //
3700  // * An array of getNumParams() QualType holding the parameter types.
3701  // Always present. Note that for the vast majority of FunctionProtoType,
3702  // these will be the only trailing objects.
3703  //
3704  // * Optionally if some extra data is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields
3705  // (see FunctionTypeExtraBitfields and FunctionTypeBitfields):
3706  // a single FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. Present if and only if
3707  // hasExtraBitfields() is true.
3708  //
3709  // * Optionally exactly one of:
3710  // * an array of getNumExceptions() ExceptionType,
3711  // * a single Expr *,
3712  // * a pair of FunctionDecl *,
3713  // * a single FunctionDecl *
3714  // used to store information about the various types of exception
3715  // specification. See getExceptionSpecSize for the details.
3716  //
3717  // * Optionally an array of getNumParams() ExtParameterInfo holding
3718  // an ExtParameterInfo for each of the parameters. Present if and
3719  // only if hasExtParameterInfos() is true.
3720  //
3721  // * Optionally a Qualifiers object to represent extra qualifiers that can't
3722  // be represented by FunctionTypeBitfields.FastTypeQuals. Present if and only
3723  // if hasExtQualifiers() is true.
3724  //
3725  // The optional FunctionTypeExtraBitfields has to be before the data
3726  // related to the exception specification since it contains the number
3727  // of exception types.
3728  //
3729  // We put the ExtParameterInfos last. If all were equal, it would make
3730  // more sense to put these before the exception specification, because
3731  // it's much easier to skip past them compared to the elaborate switch
3732  // required to skip the exception specification. However, all is not
3733  // equal; ExtParameterInfos are used to model very uncommon features,
3734  // and it's better not to burden the more common paths.
3735 
3736 public:
3737  /// Holds information about the various types of exception specification.
3738  /// ExceptionSpecInfo is not stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is
3739  /// used to group together the various bits of information about the
3740  /// exception specification.
3742  /// The kind of exception specification this is.
3744 
3745  /// Explicitly-specified list of exception types.
3747 
3748  /// Noexcept expression, if this is a computed noexcept specification.
3749  Expr *NoexceptExpr = nullptr;
3750 
3751  /// The function whose exception specification this is, for
3752  /// EST_Unevaluated and EST_Uninstantiated.
3753  FunctionDecl *SourceDecl = nullptr;
3754 
3755  /// The function template whose exception specification this is instantiated
3756  /// from, for EST_Uninstantiated.
3757  FunctionDecl *SourceTemplate = nullptr;
3758 
3759  ExceptionSpecInfo() = default;
3760 
3762  };
3763 
3764  /// Extra information about a function prototype. ExtProtoInfo is not
3765  /// stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is used to group together
3766  /// the various bits of extra information about a function prototype.
3767  struct ExtProtoInfo {
3769  bool Variadic : 1;
3772  RefQualifierKind RefQualifier = RQ_None;
3774  const ExtParameterInfo *ExtParameterInfos = nullptr;
3775 
3776  ExtProtoInfo() : Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {}
3777 
3779  : ExtInfo(CC), Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {}
3780 
3782  ExtProtoInfo Result(*this);
3783  Result.ExceptionSpec = ESI;
3784  return Result;
3785  }
3786  };
3787 
3788 private:
3789  unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<QualType>) const {
3790  return getNumParams();
3791  }
3792 
3793  unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>) const {
3794  return hasExtraBitfields();
3795  }
3796 
3797  unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExceptionType>) const {
3798  return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExceptionType;
3799  }
3800 
3801  unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Expr *>) const {
3802  return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExprPtr;
3803  }
3804 
3805  unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionDecl *>) const {
3806  return getExceptionSpecSize().NumFunctionDeclPtr;
3807  }
3808 
3809  unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExtParameterInfo>) const {
3810  return hasExtParameterInfos() ? getNumParams() : 0;
3811  }
3812 
3813  /// Determine whether there are any argument types that
3814  /// contain an unexpanded parameter pack.
3815  static bool containsAnyUnexpandedParameterPack(const QualType *ArgArray,
3816  unsigned numArgs) {
3817  for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < numArgs; ++Idx)
3818  if (ArgArray[Idx]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
3819  return true;
3820 
3821  return false;
3822  }
3823 
3825  QualType canonical, const ExtProtoInfo &epi);
3826 
3827  /// This struct is returned by getExceptionSpecSize and is used to
3828  /// translate an ExceptionSpecificationType to the number and kind
3829  /// of trailing objects related to the exception specification.
3830  struct ExceptionSpecSizeHolder {
3831  unsigned NumExceptionType;
3832  unsigned NumExprPtr;
3833  unsigned NumFunctionDeclPtr;
3834  };
3835 
3836  /// Return the number and kind of trailing objects
3837  /// related to the exception specification.
3838  static ExceptionSpecSizeHolder
3839  getExceptionSpecSize(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, unsigned NumExceptions) {
3840  switch (EST) {
3841  case EST_None:
3842  case EST_DynamicNone:
3843  case EST_MSAny:
3844  case EST_BasicNoexcept:
3845  case EST_Unparsed:
3846  return {0, 0, 0};
3847 
3848  case EST_Dynamic:
3849  return {NumExceptions, 0, 0};
3850 
3851  case EST_DependentNoexcept:
3852  case EST_NoexceptFalse:
3853  case EST_NoexceptTrue:
3854  return {0, 1, 0};
3855 
3856  case EST_Uninstantiated:
3857  return {0, 0, 2};
3858 
3859  case EST_Unevaluated:
3860  return {0, 0, 1};
3861  }
3862  llvm_unreachable("bad exception specification kind");
3863  }
3864 
3865  /// Return the number and kind of trailing objects
3866  /// related to the exception specification.
3867  ExceptionSpecSizeHolder getExceptionSpecSize() const {
3868  return getExceptionSpecSize(getExceptionSpecType(), getNumExceptions());
3869  }
3870 
3871  /// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present.
3872  static bool hasExtraBitfields(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) {
3873  // If the exception spec type is EST_Dynamic then we have > 0 exception
3874  // types and the exact number is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields.
3875  return EST == EST_Dynamic;
3876  }
3877 
3878  /// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present.
3879  bool hasExtraBitfields() const {
3880  return hasExtraBitfields(getExceptionSpecType());
3881  }
3882 
3883  bool hasExtQualifiers() const {
3884  return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtQuals;
3885  }
3886 
3887 public:
3888  unsigned getNumParams() const { return FunctionTypeBits.NumParams; }
3889 
3890  QualType getParamType(unsigned i) const {
3891  assert(i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index");
3892  return param_type_begin()[i];
3893  }
3894 
3896  return llvm::makeArrayRef(param_type_begin(), param_type_end());
3897  }
3898 
3900  ExtProtoInfo EPI;
3901  EPI.ExtInfo = getExtInfo();
3902  EPI.Variadic = isVariadic();
3903  EPI.HasTrailingReturn = hasTrailingReturn();
3904  EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = getExceptionSpecType();
3905  EPI.TypeQuals = getTypeQuals();
3906  EPI.RefQualifier = getRefQualifier();
3907  if (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type == EST_Dynamic) {
3908  EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = exceptions();
3909  } else if (isComputedNoexcept(EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type)) {
3910  EPI.ExceptionSpec.NoexceptExpr = getNoexceptExpr();
3911  } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type == EST_Uninstantiated) {
3912  EPI.ExceptionSpec.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl();
3913  EPI.ExceptionSpec.SourceTemplate = getExceptionSpecTemplate();
3914  } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type == EST_Unevaluated) {
3915  EPI.ExceptionSpec.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl();
3916  }
3917  EPI.ExtParameterInfos = getExtParameterInfosOrNull();
3918  return EPI;
3919  }
3920 
3921  /// Get the kind of exception specification on this function.
3923  return static_cast<ExceptionSpecificationType>(
3924  FunctionTypeBits.ExceptionSpecType);
3925  }
3926 
3927  /// Return whether this function has any kind of exception spec.
3928  bool hasExceptionSpec() const { return getExceptionSpecType() != EST_None; }
3929 
3930  /// Return whether this function has a dynamic (throw) exception spec.
3932  return isDynamicExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType());
3933  }
3934 
3935  /// Return whether this function has a noexcept exception spec.
3937  return isNoexceptExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType());
3938  }
3939 
3940  /// Return whether this function has a dependent exception spec.
3941  bool hasDependentExceptionSpec() const;
3942 
3943  /// Return whether this function has an instantiation-dependent exception
3944  /// spec.
3945  bool hasInstantiationDependentExceptionSpec() const;
3946 
3947  /// Return the number of types in the exception specification.
3948  unsigned getNumExceptions() const {
3949  return getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Dynamic
3950  ? getTrailingObjects<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>()
3951  ->NumExceptionType
3952  : 0;
3953  }
3954 
3955  /// Return the ith exception type, where 0 <= i < getNumExceptions().
3956  QualType getExceptionType(unsigned i) const {
3957  assert(i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!");
3958  return exception_begin()[i];
3959  }
3960 
3961  /// Return the expression inside noexcept(expression), or a null pointer
3962  /// if there is none (because the exception spec is not of this form).
3964  if (!isComputedNoexcept(getExceptionSpecType()))
3965  return nullptr;
3966  return *getTrailingObjects<Expr *>();
3967  }
3968 
3969  /// If this function type has an exception specification which hasn't
3970  /// been determined yet (either because it has not been evaluated or because
3971  /// it has not been instantiated), this is the function whose exception
3972  /// specification is represented by this type.
3974  if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated &&
3975  getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Unevaluated)
3976  return nullptr;
3977  return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[0];
3978  }
3979 
3980  /// If this function type has an uninstantiated exception
3981  /// specification, this is the function whose exception specification
3982  /// should be instantiated to find the exception specification for
3983  /// this type.
3985  if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated)
3986  return nullptr;
3987  return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[1];
3988  }
3989 
3990  /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception
3991  /// specification.
3992  CanThrowResult canThrow() const;
3993 
3994  /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception
3995  /// specification. If this depends on template arguments, returns
3996  /// \c ResultIfDependent.
3997  bool isNothrow(bool ResultIfDependent = false) const {
3998  return ResultIfDependent ? canThrow() != CT_Can : canThrow() == CT_Cannot;
3999  }
4000 
4001  /// Whether this function prototype is variadic.
4002  bool isVariadic() const { return FunctionTypeBits.Variadic; }
4003 
4004  /// Determines whether this function prototype contains a
4005  /// parameter pack at the end.
4006  ///
4007  /// A function template whose last parameter is a parameter pack can be
4008  /// called with an arbitrary number of arguments, much like a variadic
4009  /// function.
4010  bool isTemplateVariadic() const;
4011 
4012  /// Whether this function prototype has a trailing return type.
4013  bool hasTrailingReturn() const { return FunctionTypeBits.HasTrailingReturn; }
4014 
4016  if (hasExtQualifiers())
4017  return *getTrailingObjects<Qualifiers>();
4018  else
4019  return getFastTypeQuals();
4020  }
4021 
4022  /// Retrieve the ref-qualifier associated with this function type.
4024  return static_cast<RefQualifierKind>(FunctionTypeBits.RefQualifier);
4025  }
4026 
4028  using param_type_range = llvm::iterator_range<param_type_iterator>;
4029 
4031  return param_type_range(param_type_begin(), param_type_end());
4032  }
4033 
4035  return getTrailingObjects<QualType>();
4036  }
4037 
4039  return param_type_begin() + getNumParams();
4040  }
4041 
4042  using exception_iterator = const QualType *;
4043 
4045  return llvm::makeArrayRef(exception_begin(), exception_end());
4046  }
4047 
4049  return reinterpret_cast<exception_iterator>(
4050  getTrailingObjects<ExceptionType>());
4051  }
4052 
4054  return exception_begin() + getNumExceptions();
4055  }
4056 
4057  /// Is there any interesting extra information for any of the parameters
4058  /// of this function type?
4059  bool hasExtParameterInfos() const {
4060  return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtParameterInfos;
4061  }
4062 
4064  assert(hasExtParameterInfos());
4065  return ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo>(getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(),
4066  getNumParams());
4067  }
4068 
4069  /// Return a pointer to the beginning of the array of extra parameter
4070  /// information, if present, or else null if none of the parameters
4071  /// carry it. This is equivalent to getExtProtoInfo().ExtParameterInfos.
4073  if (!hasExtParameterInfos())
4074  return nullptr;
4075  return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>();
4076  }
4077 
4079  assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range");
4080  if (hasExtParameterInfos())
4081  return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I];
4082  return ExtParameterInfo();
4083  }
4084 
4085  ParameterABI getParameterABI(unsigned I) const {
4086  assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range");
4087  if (hasExtParameterInfos())
4088  return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].getABI();
4089  return ParameterABI::Ordinary;
4090  }
4091 
4092  bool isParamConsumed(unsigned I) const {
4093  assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range");
4094  if (hasExtParameterInfos())
4095  return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].isConsumed();
4096  return false;
4097  }
4098 
4099  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
4100  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
4101 
4102  void printExceptionSpecification(raw_ostream &OS,
4103  const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const;
4104 
4105  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
4106  return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto;
4107  }
4108 
4109  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx);
4110  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Result,
4111  param_type_iterator ArgTys, unsigned NumArgs,
4112  const ExtProtoInfo &EPI, const ASTContext &Context,
4113  bool Canonical);
4114 };
4115 
4116 /// Represents the dependent type named by a dependently-scoped
4117 /// typename using declaration, e.g.
4118 /// using typename Base<T>::foo;
4119 ///
4120 /// Template instantiation turns these into the underlying type.
4121 class UnresolvedUsingType : public Type {
4122  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
4123 
4125 
4127  : Type(UnresolvedUsing, QualType(), true, true, false,
4128  /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false),
4129  Decl(const_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl*>(D)) {}
4130 
4131 public:
4132  UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; }
4133 
4134  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
4135  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
4136 
4137  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
4138  return T->getTypeClass() == UnresolvedUsing;
4139  }
4140 
4141  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
4142  return Profile(ID, Decl);
4143  }
4144 
4145  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
4147  ID.AddPointer(D);
4148  }
4149 };
4150 
4151 class TypedefType : public Type {
4153 
4154 protected:
4155  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
4156 
4158  : Type(tc, can, can->isDependentType(),
4159  can->isInstantiationDependentType(),
4160  can->isVariablyModifiedType(),
4161  /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false),
4162  Decl(const_cast<TypedefNameDecl*>(D)) {
4163  assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type");
4164  }
4165 
4166 public:
4167  TypedefNameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; }
4168 
4169  bool isSugared() const { return true; }
4170  QualType desugar() const;
4171 
4172  static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Typedef; }
4173 };
4174 
4175 /// Represents a `typeof` (or __typeof__) expression (a GCC extension).
4176 class TypeOfExprType : public Type {
4177  Expr *TOExpr;
4178 
4179 protected:
4180  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
4181 
4182  TypeOfExprType(Expr *E, QualType can = QualType());
4183 
4184 public:
4185  Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return TOExpr; }
4186 
4187  /// Remove a single level of sugar.
4188  QualType desugar() const;
4189 
4190  /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
4191  bool isSugared() const;
4192 
4193  static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOfExpr; }
4194 };
4195 
4196 /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent
4197 /// `typeof(expr)` types.
4198 ///
4199 /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage
4200 /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances
4201 /// of this class via TypeOfExprType nodes.
4203  : public TypeOfExprType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
4204  const ASTContext &Context;
4205 
4206 public:
4208  : TypeOfExprType(E), Context(Context) {}
4209 
4210  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
4211  Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr());
4212  }
4213 
4214  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
4215  Expr *E);
4216 };
4217 
4218 /// Represents `typeof(type)`, a GCC extension.
4219 class TypeOfType : public Type {
4220  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
4221 
4222  QualType TOType;
4223 
4224  TypeOfType(QualType T, QualType can)
4225  : Type(TypeOf, can, T->isDependentType(),
4226  T->isInstantiationDependentType(),
4227  T->isVariablyModifiedType(),
4228  T->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
4229  TOType(T) {
4230  assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type");
4231  }
4232 
4233 public:
4234  QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return TOType; }
4235 
4236  /// Remove a single level of sugar.
4237  QualType desugar() const { return getUnderlyingType(); }
4238 
4239  /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
4240  bool isSugared() const { return true; }
4241 
4242  static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOf; }
4243 };
4244 
4245 /// Represents the type `decltype(expr)` (C++11).
4246 class DecltypeType : public Type {
4247  Expr *E;
4248  QualType UnderlyingType;
4249 
4250 protected:
4251  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
4252 
4253  DecltypeType(Expr *E, QualType underlyingType, QualType can = QualType());
4254 
4255 public:
4256  Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return E; }
4257  QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; }
4258 
4259  /// Remove a single level of sugar.
4260  QualType desugar() const;
4261 
4262  /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
4263  bool isSugared() const;
4264 
4265  static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decltype; }
4266 };
4267 
4268 /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent
4269 /// decltype(expr) types.
4270 ///
4271 /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage
4272 /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances
4273 /// of this class via DecltypeType nodes.
4274 class DependentDecltypeType : public DecltypeType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
4275  const ASTContext &Context;
4276 
4277 public:
4278  DependentDecltypeType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E);
4279 
4280  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
4281  Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr());
4282  }
4283 
4284  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context,
4285  Expr *E);
4286 };
4287 
4288 /// A unary type transform, which is a type constructed from another.
4289 class UnaryTransformType : public Type {
4290 public:
4291  enum UTTKind {
4292  EnumUnderlyingType
4293  };
4294 
4295 private:
4296  /// The untransformed type.
4297  QualType BaseType;
4298 
4299  /// The transformed type if not dependent, otherwise the same as BaseType.
4300  QualType UnderlyingType;
4301 
4302  UTTKind UKind;
4303 
4304 protected:
4305  friend class ASTContext;
4306 
4307  UnaryTransformType(QualType BaseTy, QualType UnderlyingTy, UTTKind UKind,
4308  QualType CanonicalTy);
4309 
4310 public:
4311  bool isSugared() const { return !isDependentType(); }
4312  QualType desugar() const { return UnderlyingType; }
4313 
4314  QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; }
4315  QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; }
4316 
4317  UTTKind getUTTKind() const { return UKind; }
4318 
4319  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
4320  return T->getTypeClass() == UnaryTransform;
4321  }
4322 };
4323 
4324 /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent
4325 /// __underlying_type(type) types.
4326 ///
4327 /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage
4328 /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances
4329 /// of this class via UnaryTransformType nodes.
4331  public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
4332 public:
4334  UTTKind UKind);
4335 
4336  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
4337  Profile(ID, getBaseType(), getUTTKind());
4338  }
4339 
4340  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType BaseType,
4341  UTTKind UKind) {
4342  ID.AddPointer(BaseType.getAsOpaquePtr());
4343  ID.AddInteger((unsigned)UKind);
4344  }
4345 };
4346 
4347 class TagType : public Type {
4348  friend class ASTReader;
4349 
4350  /// Stores the TagDecl associated with this type. The decl may point to any
4351  /// TagDecl that declares the entity.
4352  TagDecl *decl;
4353 
4354 protected:
4355  TagType(TypeClass TC, const TagDecl *D, QualType can);
4356 
4357 public:
4358  TagDecl *getDecl() const;
4359 
4360  /// Determines whether this type is in the process of being defined.
4361  bool isBeingDefined() const;
4362 
4363  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
4364  return T->getTypeClass() >= TagFirst && T->getTypeClass() <= TagLast;
4365  }
4366 };
4367 
4368 /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast
4369 /// to detect TagType objects of structs/unions/classes.
4370 class RecordType : public TagType {
4371 protected:
4372  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
4373 
4374  explicit RecordType(const RecordDecl *D)
4375  : TagType(Record, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {}
4377  : TagType(TC, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {}
4378 
4379 public:
4380  RecordDecl *getDecl() const {
4381  return reinterpret_cast<RecordDecl*>(TagType::getDecl());
4382  }
4383 
4384  /// Recursively check all fields in the record for const-ness. If any field
4385  /// is declared const, return true. Otherwise, return false.
4386  bool hasConstFields() const;
4387 
4388  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
4389  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
4390 
4391  static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Record; }
4392 };
4393 
4394 /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast
4395 /// to detect TagType objects of enums.
4396 class EnumType : public TagType {
4397  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
4398 
4399  explicit EnumType(const EnumDecl *D)
4400  : TagType(Enum, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {}
4401 
4402 public:
4403  EnumDecl *getDecl() const {
4404  return reinterpret_cast<EnumDecl*>(TagType::getDecl());
4405  }
4406 
4407  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
4408  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
4409 
4410  static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Enum; }
4411 };
4412 
4413 /// An attributed type is a type to which a type attribute has been applied.
4414 ///
4415 /// The "modified type" is the fully-sugared type to which the attributed
4416 /// type was applied; generally it is not canonically equivalent to the
4417 /// attributed type. The "equivalent type" is the minimally-desugared type
4418 /// which the type is canonically equivalent to.
4419 ///
4420 /// For example, in the following attributed type:
4421 /// int32_t __attribute__((vector_size(16)))
4422 /// - the modified type is the TypedefType for int32_t
4423 /// - the equivalent type is VectorType(16, int32_t)
4424 /// - the canonical type is VectorType(16, int)
4425 class AttributedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
4426 public:
4427  using Kind = attr::Kind;
4428 
4429 private:
4430  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these
4431 
4432  QualType ModifiedType;
4433  QualType EquivalentType;
4434 
4435  AttributedType(QualType canon, attr::Kind attrKind, QualType modified,
4436  QualType equivalent)
4437  : Type(Attributed, canon, equivalent->isDependentType(),
4438  equivalent->isInstantiationDependentType(),
4439  equivalent->isVariablyModifiedType(),
4440  equivalent->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
4441  ModifiedType(modified), EquivalentType(equivalent) {
4442  AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind = attrKind;
4443  }
4444 
4445 public:
4446  Kind getAttrKind() const {
4447  return static_cast<Kind>(AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind);
4448  }
4449 
4450  QualType getModifiedType() const { return ModifiedType; }
4451  QualType getEquivalentType() const { return EquivalentType; }
4452 
4453  bool isSugared() const { return true; }
4454  QualType desugar() const { return getEquivalentType(); }
4455 
4456  /// Does this attribute behave like a type qualifier?
4457  ///
4458  /// A type qualifier adjusts a type to provide specialized rules for
4459  /// a specific object, like the standard const and volatile qualifiers.
4460  /// This includes attributes controlling things like nullability,
4461  /// address spaces, and ARC ownership. The value of the object is still
4462  /// largely described by the modified type.
4463  ///
4464  /// In contrast, many type attributes "rewrite" their modified type to
4465  /// produce a fundamentally different type, not necessarily related in any
4466  /// formalizable way to the original type. For example, calling convention
4467  /// and vector attributes are not simple type qualifiers.
4468  ///
4469  /// Type qualifiers are often, but not always, reflected in the canonical
4470  /// type.
4471  bool isQualifier() const;
4472 
4473  bool isMSTypeSpec() const;
4474 
4475  bool isCallingConv() const;
4476 
4477  llvm::Optional<NullabilityKind> getImmediateNullability() const;
4478 
4479  /// Retrieve the attribute kind corresponding to the given
4480  /// nullability kind.
4482  switch (kind) {
4484  return attr::TypeNonNull;
4485 
4487  return attr::TypeNullable;
4488 
4490  return attr::TypeNullUnspecified;
4491  }
4492  llvm_unreachable("Unknown nullability kind.");
4493  }
4494 
4495  /// Strip off the top-level nullability annotation on the given
4496  /// type, if it's there.
4497  ///
4498  /// \param T The type to strip. If the type is exactly an
4499  /// AttributedType specifying nullability (without looking through
4500  /// type sugar), the nullability is returned and this type changed
4501  /// to the underlying modified type.
4502  ///
4503  /// \returns the top-level nullability, if present.
4504  static Optional<NullabilityKind> stripOuterNullability(QualType &T);
4505 
4506  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
4507  Profile(ID, getAttrKind(), ModifiedType, EquivalentType);
4508  }
4509 
4510  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, Kind attrKind,
4511  QualType modified, QualType equivalent) {
4512  ID.AddInteger(attrKind);
4513  ID.AddPointer(modified.getAsOpaquePtr());
4514  ID.AddPointer(equivalent.getAsOpaquePtr());
4515  }
4516 
4517  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
4518  return T->getTypeClass() == Attributed;
4519  }
4520 };
4521 
4522 class TemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
4523  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these
4524 
4525  // Helper data collector for canonical types.
4526  struct CanonicalTTPTInfo {
4527  unsigned Depth : 15;
4528  unsigned ParameterPack : 1;
4529  unsigned Index : 16;
4530  };
4531 
4532  union {
4533  // Info for the canonical type.
4534  CanonicalTTPTInfo CanTTPTInfo;
4535 
4536  // Info for the non-canonical type.
4538  };
4539 
4540  /// Build a non-canonical type.
4542  : Type(TemplateTypeParm, Canon, /*Dependent=*/true,
4543  /*InstantiationDependent=*/true,
4544  /*VariablyModified=*/false,
4545  Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
4546  TTPDecl(TTPDecl) {}
4547 
4548  /// Build the canonical type.
4549  TemplateTypeParmType(unsigned D, unsigned I, bool PP)
4550  : Type(TemplateTypeParm, QualType(this, 0),
4551  /*Dependent=*/true,
4552  /*InstantiationDependent=*/true,
4553  /*VariablyModified=*/false, PP) {
4554  CanTTPTInfo.Depth = D;
4555  CanTTPTInfo.Index = I;
4556  CanTTPTInfo.ParameterPack = PP;
4557  }
4558 
4559  const CanonicalTTPTInfo& getCanTTPTInfo() const {
4560  QualType Can = getCanonicalTypeInternal();
4561  return Can->castAs<TemplateTypeParmType>()->CanTTPTInfo;
4562  }
4563 
4564 public:
4565  unsigned getDepth() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Depth; }
4566  unsigned getIndex() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Index; }
4567  bool isParameterPack() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().ParameterPack; }
4568 
4570  return isCanonicalUnqualified() ? nullptr : TTPDecl;
4571  }
4572 
4573  IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const;
4574 
4575  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
4576  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
4577 
4578  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
4579  Profile(ID, getDepth(), getIndex(), isParameterPack(), getDecl());
4580  }
4581 
4582  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned Depth,
4583  unsigned Index, bool ParameterPack,
4584  TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) {
4585  ID.AddInteger(Depth);
4586  ID.AddInteger(Index);
4587  ID.AddBoolean(ParameterPack);
4588  ID.AddPointer(TTPDecl);
4589  }
4590 
4591  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
4592  return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateTypeParm;
4593  }
4594 };
4595 
4596 /// Represents the result of substituting a type for a template
4597 /// type parameter.
4598 ///
4599 /// Within an instantiated template, all template type parameters have
4600 /// been replaced with these. They are used solely to record that a
4601 /// type was originally written as a template type parameter;
4602 /// therefore they are never canonical.
4603 class SubstTemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
4604  friend class ASTContext;
4605 
4606  // The original type parameter.
4607  const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced;
4608 
4610  : Type(SubstTemplateTypeParm, Canon, Canon->isDependentType(),
4611  Canon->isInstantiationDependentType(),
4612  Canon->isVariablyModifiedType(),
4613  Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
4614  Replaced(Param) {}
4615 
4616 public:
4617  /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for.
4619  return Replaced;
4620  }
4621 
4622  /// Gets the type that was substituted for the template
4623  /// parameter.
4625  return getCanonicalTypeInternal();
4626  }
4627 
4628  bool isSugared() const { return true; }
4629  QualType desugar() const { return getReplacementType(); }
4630 
4631  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
4632  Profile(ID, getReplacedParameter(), getReplacementType());
4633  }
4634 
4635  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
4636  const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced,
4637  QualType Replacement) {
4638  ID.AddPointer(Replaced);
4639  ID.AddPointer(Replacement.getAsOpaquePtr());
4640  }
4641 
4642  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
4643  return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParm;
4644  }
4645 };
4646 
4647 /// Represents the result of substituting a set of types for a template
4648 /// type parameter pack.
4649 ///
4650 /// When a pack expansion in the source code contains multiple parameter packs
4651 /// and those parameter packs correspond to different levels of template
4652 /// parameter lists, this type node is used to represent a template type
4653 /// parameter pack from an outer level, which has already had its argument pack
4654 /// substituted but that still lives within a pack expansion that itself
4655 /// could not be instantiated. When actually performing a substitution into
4656 /// that pack expansion (e.g., when all template parameters have corresponding
4657 /// arguments), this type will be replaced with the \c SubstTemplateTypeParmType
4658 /// at the current pack substitution index.
4659 class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
4660  friend class ASTContext;
4661 
4662  /// The original type parameter.
4663  const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced;
4664 
4665  /// A pointer to the set of template arguments that this
4666  /// parameter pack is instantiated with.
4667  const TemplateArgument *Arguments;
4668 
4670  QualType Canon,
4671  const TemplateArgument &ArgPack);
4672 
4673 public:
4674  IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Replaced->getIdentifier(); }
4675 
4676  /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for.
4678  return Replaced;
4679  }
4680 
4681  unsigned getNumArgs() const {
4682  return SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits.NumArgs;
4683  }
4684 
4685  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
4686  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
4687 
4688  TemplateArgument getArgumentPack() const;
4689 
4690  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID);
4691  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
4692  const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced,
4693  const TemplateArgument &ArgPack);
4694 
4695  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
4696  return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParmPack;
4697  }
4698 };
4699 
4700 /// Common base class for placeholders for types that get replaced by
4701 /// placeholder type deduction: C++11 auto, C++14 decltype(auto), C++17 deduced
4702 /// class template types, and (eventually) constrained type names from the C++
4703 /// Concepts TS.
4704 ///
4705 /// These types are usually a placeholder for a deduced type. However, before
4706 /// the initializer is attached, or (usually) if the initializer is
4707 /// type-dependent, there is no deduced type and the type is canonical. In
4708 /// the latter case, it is also a dependent type.
4709 class DeducedType : public Type {
4710 protected:
4711  DeducedType(TypeClass TC, QualType DeducedAsType, bool IsDependent,
4712  bool IsInstantiationDependent, bool ContainsParameterPack)
4713  : Type(TC,
4714  // FIXME: Retain the sugared deduced type?
4715  DeducedAsType.isNull() ? QualType(this, 0)
4716  : DeducedAsType.getCanonicalType(),
4717  IsDependent, IsInstantiationDependent,
4718  /*VariablyModified=*/false, ContainsParameterPack) {
4719  if (!DeducedAsType.isNull()) {
4720  if (DeducedAsType->isDependentType())
4721  setDependent();
4722  if (DeducedAsType->isInstantiationDependentType())
4723  setInstantiationDependent();
4724  if (DeducedAsType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
4725  setContainsUnexpandedParameterPack();
4726  }
4727  }
4728 
4729 public:
4730  bool isSugared() const { return !isCanonicalUnqualified(); }
4731  QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); }
4732 
4733  /// Get the type deduced for this placeholder type, or null if it's
4734  /// either not been deduced or was deduced to a dependent type.
4736  return !isCanonicalUnqualified() ? getCanonicalTypeInternal() : QualType();
4737  }
4738  bool isDeduced() const {
4739  return !isCanonicalUnqualified() || isDependentType();
4740  }
4741 
4742  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
4743  return T->getTypeClass() == Auto ||
4744  T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization;
4745  }
4746 };
4747 
4748 /// Represents a C++11 auto or C++14 decltype(auto) type.
4749 class AutoType : public DeducedType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
4750  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these
4751 
4752  AutoType(QualType DeducedAsType, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword,
4753  bool IsDeducedAsDependent)
4754  : DeducedType(Auto, DeducedAsType, IsDeducedAsDependent,
4755  IsDeducedAsDependent, /*ContainsPack=*/false) {
4756  AutoTypeBits.Keyword = (unsigned)Keyword;
4757  }
4758 
4759 public:
4760  bool isDecltypeAuto() const {
4761  return getKeyword() == AutoTypeKeyword::DecltypeAuto;
4762  }
4763 
4765  return (AutoTypeKeyword)AutoTypeBits.Keyword;
4766  }
4767 
4768  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
4769  Profile(ID, getDeducedType(), getKeyword(), isDependentType());
4770  }
4771 
4772  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Deduced,
4773  AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, bool IsDependent) {
4774  ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr());
4775  ID.AddInteger((unsigned)Keyword);
4776  ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent);
4777  }
4778 
4779  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
4780  return T->getTypeClass() == Auto;
4781  }
4782 };
4783 
4784 /// Represents a C++17 deduced template specialization type.
4786  public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
4787  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these
4788 
4789  /// The name of the template whose arguments will be deduced.
4790  TemplateName Template;
4791 
4793  QualType DeducedAsType,
4794  bool IsDeducedAsDependent)
4795  : DeducedType(DeducedTemplateSpecialization, DeducedAsType,
4796  IsDeducedAsDependent || Template.isDependent(),
4797  IsDeducedAsDependent || Template.isInstantiationDependent(),
4798  Template.containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
4799  Template(Template) {}
4800 
4801 public:
4802  /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are deducing.
4803  TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template;}
4804 
4805  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
4806  Profile(ID, getTemplateName(), getDeducedType(), isDependentType());
4807  }
4808 
4809  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName Template,
4810  QualType Deduced, bool IsDependent) {
4811  Template.Profile(ID);
4812  ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr());
4813  ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent);
4814  }
4815 
4816  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
4817  return T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization;
4818  }
4819 };
4820 
4821 /// Represents a type template specialization; the template
4822 /// must be a class template, a type alias template, or a template
4823 /// template parameter. A template which cannot be resolved to one of
4824 /// these, e.g. because it is written with a dependent scope
4825 /// specifier, is instead represented as a
4826 /// @c DependentTemplateSpecializationType.
4827 ///
4828 /// A non-dependent template specialization type is always "sugar",
4829 /// typically for a \c RecordType. For example, a class template
4830 /// specialization type of \c vector<int> will refer to a tag type for
4831 /// the instantiation \c std::vector<int, std::allocator<int>>
4832 ///
4833 /// Template specializations are dependent if either the template or
4834 /// any of the template arguments are dependent, in which case the
4835 /// type may also be canonical.
4836 ///
4837 /// Instances of this type are allocated with a trailing array of
4838 /// TemplateArguments, followed by a QualType representing the
4839 /// non-canonical aliased type when the template is a type alias
4840 /// template.
4842  : public Type,
4843  public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
4844  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these
4845 
4846  /// The name of the template being specialized. This is
4847  /// either a TemplateName::Template (in which case it is a
4848  /// ClassTemplateDecl*, a TemplateTemplateParmDecl*, or a
4849  /// TypeAliasTemplateDecl*), a
4850  /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack, or a
4851  /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm (in which case the
4852  /// replacement must, recursively, be one of these).
4853  TemplateName Template;
4854 
4857  QualType Canon,
4858  QualType Aliased);
4859 
4860 public:
4861  /// Determine whether any of the given template arguments are dependent.
4862  static bool anyDependentTemplateArguments(ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args,
4863  bool &InstantiationDependent);
4864 
4865  static bool anyDependentTemplateArguments(const TemplateArgumentListInfo &,
4866  bool &InstantiationDependent);
4867 
4868  /// True if this template specialization type matches a current
4869  /// instantiation in the context in which it is found.
4870  bool isCurrentInstantiation() const {
4871  return isa<InjectedClassNameType>(getCanonicalTypeInternal());
4872  }
4873 
4874  /// Determine if this template specialization type is for a type alias
4875  /// template that has been substituted.
4876  ///
4877  /// Nearly every template specialization type whose template is an alias
4878  /// template will be substituted. However, this is not the case when
4879  /// the specialization contains a pack expansion but the template alias
4880  /// does not have a corresponding parameter pack, e.g.,
4881  ///
4882  /// \code
4883  /// template<typename T, typename U, typename V> struct S;
4884  /// template<typename T, typename U> using A = S<T, int, U>;
4885  /// template<typename... Ts> struct X {
4886  /// typedef A<Ts...> type; // not a type alias
4887  /// };
4888  /// \endcode
4889  bool isTypeAlias() const { return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.TypeAlias; }
4890 
4891  /// Get the aliased type, if this is a specialization of a type alias
4892  /// template.
4894  assert(isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization");
4895  return *reinterpret_cast<const QualType*>(end());
4896  }
4897 
4898  using iterator = const TemplateArgument *;
4899 
4900  iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); }
4901  iterator end() const; // defined inline in TemplateBase.h
4902 
4903  /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are specializing.
4904  TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template; }
4905 
4906  /// Retrieve the template arguments.
4907  const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const {
4908  return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument *>(this + 1);
4909  }
4910 
4911  /// Retrieve the number of template arguments.
4912  unsigned getNumArgs() const {
4913  return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs;
4914  }
4915 
4916  /// Retrieve a specific template argument as a type.
4917  /// \pre \c isArgType(Arg)
4918  const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h
4919 
4921  return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()};
4922  }
4923 
4924  bool isSugared() const {
4925  return !isDependentType() || isCurrentInstantiation() || isTypeAlias();
4926  }
4927 
4928  QualType desugar() const {
4929  return isTypeAlias() ? getAliasedType() : getCanonicalTypeInternal();
4930  }
4931 
4932  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) {
4933  Profile(ID, Template, template_arguments(), Ctx);
4934  if (isTypeAlias())
4935  getAliasedType().Profile(ID);
4936  }
4937 
4938  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName T,
4940  const ASTContext &Context);
4941 
4942  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
4943  return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateSpecialization;
4944  }
4945 };
4946 
4947 /// Print a template argument list, including the '<' and '>'
4948 /// enclosing the template arguments.
4949 void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS,
4951  const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
4952 
4953 void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS,
4955  const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
4956 
4957 void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS,
4958  const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
4959  const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
4960 
4961 /// The injected class name of a C++ class template or class
4962 /// template partial specialization. Used to record that a type was
4963 /// spelled with a bare identifier rather than as a template-id; the
4964 /// equivalent for non-templated classes is just RecordType.
4965 ///
4966 /// Injected class name types are always dependent. Template
4967 /// instantiation turns these into RecordTypes.
4968 ///
4969 /// Injected class name types are always canonical. This works
4970 /// because it is impossible to compare an injected class name type
4971 /// with the corresponding non-injected template type, for the same
4972 /// reason that it is impossible to directly compare template
4973 /// parameters from different dependent contexts: injected class name
4974 /// types can only occur within the scope of a particular templated
4975 /// declaration, and within that scope every template specialization
4976 /// will canonicalize to the injected class name (when appropriate
4977 /// according to the rules of the language).
4978 class InjectedClassNameType : public Type {
4979  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
4980  friend class ASTNodeImporter;
4981  friend class ASTReader; // FIXME: ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType is not
4982  // currently suitable for AST reading, too much
4983  // interdependencies.
4984 
4986 
4987  /// The template specialization which this type represents.
4988  /// For example, in
4989  /// template <class T> class A { ... };
4990  /// this is A<T>, whereas in
4991  /// template <class X, class Y> class A<B<X,Y> > { ... };
4992  /// this is A<B<X,Y> >.
4993  ///
4994  /// It is always unqualified, always a template specialization type,
4995  /// and always dependent.
4996  QualType InjectedType;
4997 
4999  : Type(InjectedClassName, QualType(), /*Dependent=*/true,
5000  /*InstantiationDependent=*/true,
5001  /*VariablyModified=*/false,
5002  /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false),
5003  Decl(D), InjectedType(TST) {
5004  assert(isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST));
5005  assert(!TST.hasQualifiers());
5006  assert(TST->isDependentType());
5007  }
5008 
5009 public:
5010  QualType getInjectedSpecializationType() const { return InjectedType; }
5011 
5013  return cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(InjectedType.getTypePtr());
5014  }
5015 
5017  return getInjectedTST()->getTemplateName();
5018  }
5019 
5020  CXXRecordDecl *getDecl() const;
5021 
5022  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
5023  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
5024 
5025  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
5026  return T->getTypeClass() == InjectedClassName;
5027  }
5028 };
5029 
5030 /// The kind of a tag type.
5032  /// The "struct" keyword.
5034 
5035  /// The "__interface" keyword.
5037 
5038  /// The "union" keyword.
5040 
5041  /// The "class" keyword.
5043 
5044  /// The "enum" keyword.
5046 };
5047 
5048 /// The elaboration keyword that precedes a qualified type name or
5049 /// introduces an elaborated-type-specifier.
5051  /// The "struct" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
5053 
5054  /// The "__interface" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
5056 
5057  /// The "union" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
5059 
5060  /// The "class" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
5062 
5063  /// The "enum" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
5065 
5066  /// The "typename" keyword precedes the qualified type name, e.g.,
5067  /// \c typename T::type.
5069 
5070  /// No keyword precedes the qualified type name.
5072 };
5073 
5074 /// A helper class for Type nodes having an ElaboratedTypeKeyword.
5075 /// The keyword in stored in the free bits of the base class.
5076 /// Also provides a few static helpers for converting and printing
5077 /// elaborated type keyword and tag type kind enumerations.
5078 class TypeWithKeyword : public Type {
5079 protected:
5081  QualType Canonical, bool Dependent,
5082  bool InstantiationDependent, bool VariablyModified,
5083  bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack)
5084  : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependent, InstantiationDependent, VariablyModified,
5085  ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack) {
5086  TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword = Keyword;
5087  }
5088 
5089 public:
5091  return static_cast<ElaboratedTypeKeyword>(TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword);
5092  }
5093 
5094  /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into an elaborated type keyword.
5095  static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec);
5096 
5097  /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into a tag type kind.
5098  /// It is an error to provide a type specifier which *isn't* a tag kind here.
5099  static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec);
5100 
5101  /// Converts a TagTypeKind into an elaborated type keyword.
5102  static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTagTypeKind(TagTypeKind Tag);
5103 
5104  /// Converts an elaborated type keyword into a TagTypeKind.
5105  /// It is an error to provide an elaborated type keyword
5106  /// which *isn't* a tag kind here.
5107  static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword);
5108 
5109  static bool KeywordIsTagTypeKind(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword);
5110 
5111  static StringRef getKeywordName(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword);
5112 
5114  return getKeywordName(getKeywordForTagTypeKind(Kind));
5115  }
5116 
5118  static CannotCastToThisType classof(const Type *);
5119 };
5120 
5121 /// Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type
5122 /// keyword, e.g., struct S, or via a qualified name, e.g., N::M::type,
5123 /// or both.
5124 ///
5125 /// This type is used to keep track of a type name as written in the
5126 /// source code, including tag keywords and any nested-name-specifiers.
5127 /// The type itself is always "sugar", used to express what was written
5128 /// in the source code but containing no additional semantic information.
5129 class ElaboratedType final
5130  : public TypeWithKeyword,
5131  public llvm::FoldingSetNode,
5132  private llvm::TrailingObjects<ElaboratedType, TagDecl *> {
5133  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these
5134  friend TrailingObjects;
5135 
5136  /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier.
5137  NestedNameSpecifier *NNS;
5138 
5139  /// The type that this qualified name refers to.
5140  QualType NamedType;
5141 
5142  /// The (re)declaration of this tag type owned by this occurrence is stored
5143  /// as a trailing object if there is one. Use getOwnedTagDecl to obtain
5144  /// it, or obtain a null pointer if there is none.
5145 
5147  QualType NamedType, QualType CanonType, TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl)
5148  : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, Elaborated, CanonType,
5149  NamedType->isDependentType(),
5150  NamedType->isInstantiationDependentType(),
5151  NamedType->isVariablyModifiedType(),
5152  NamedType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
5153  NNS(NNS), NamedType(NamedType) {
5154  ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = false;
5155  if (OwnedTagDecl) {
5156  ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = true;
5157  *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() = OwnedTagDecl;
5158  }
5159  assert(!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&
5160  "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword "
5161  "and name qualifier both null.");
5162  }
5163 
5164 public:
5165  /// Retrieve the qualification on this type.
5166  NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; }
5167 
5168  /// Retrieve the type named by the qualified-id.
5169  QualType getNamedType() const { return NamedType; }
5170 
5171  /// Remove a single level of sugar.
5172  QualType desugar() const { return getNamedType(); }
5173 
5174  /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
5175  bool isSugared() const { return true; }
5176 
5177  /// Return the (re)declaration of this type owned by this occurrence of this
5178  /// type, or nullptr if there is none.
5180  return ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl ? *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>()
5181  : nullptr;
5182  }
5183 
5184  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
5185  Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, NamedType, getOwnedTagDecl());
5186  }
5187 
5188  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
5189  NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, QualType NamedType,
5190  TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) {
5191  ID.AddInteger(Keyword);
5192  ID.AddPointer(NNS);
5193  NamedType.Profile(ID);
5194  ID.AddPointer(OwnedTagDecl);
5195  }
5196 
5197  static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Elaborated; }
5198 };
5199 
5200 /// Represents a qualified type name for which the type name is
5201 /// dependent.
5202 ///
5203 /// DependentNameType represents a class of dependent types that involve a
5204 /// possibly dependent nested-name-specifier (e.g., "T::") followed by a
5205 /// name of a type. The DependentNameType may start with a "typename" (for a
5206 /// typename-specifier), "class", "struct", "union", or "enum" (for a
5207 /// dependent elaborated-type-specifier), or nothing (in contexts where we
5208 /// know that we must be referring to a type, e.g., in a base class specifier).
5209 /// Typically the nested-name-specifier is dependent, but in MSVC compatibility
5210 /// mode, this type is used with non-dependent names to delay name lookup until
5211 /// instantiation.
5212 class DependentNameType : public TypeWithKeyword, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
5213  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these
5214 
5215  /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier.
5216  NestedNameSpecifier *NNS;
5217 
5218  /// The type that this typename specifier refers to.
5219  const IdentifierInfo *Name;
5220 
5222  const IdentifierInfo *Name, QualType CanonType)
5223  : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, DependentName, CanonType, /*Dependent=*/true,
5224  /*InstantiationDependent=*/true,
5225  /*VariablyModified=*/false,
5226  NNS->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
5227  NNS(NNS), Name(Name) {}
5228 
5229 public:
5230  /// Retrieve the qualification on this type.
5231  NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; }
5232 
5233  /// Retrieve the type named by the typename specifier as an identifier.
5234  ///
5235  /// This routine will return a non-NULL identifier pointer when the
5236  /// form of the original typename was terminated by an identifier,
5237  /// e.g., "typename T::type".
5239  return Name;
5240  }
5241 
5242  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
5243  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
5244 
5245  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
5246  Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, Name);
5247  }
5248 
5249  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
5250  NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
5251  ID.AddInteger(Keyword);
5252  ID.AddPointer(NNS);
5253  ID.AddPointer(Name);
5254  }
5255 
5256  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
5257  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentName;
5258  }
5259 };
5260 
5261 /// Represents a template specialization type whose template cannot be
5262 /// resolved, e.g.
5263 /// A<T>::template B<T>
5265  : public TypeWithKeyword,
5266  public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
5267  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these
5268 
5269  /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier.
5270  NestedNameSpecifier *NNS;
5271 
5272  /// The identifier of the template.
5273  const IdentifierInfo *Name;
5274 
5276  NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
5277  const IdentifierInfo *Name,
5279  QualType Canon);
5280 
5281  const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const {
5282  return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1);
5283  }
5284 
5285  TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() {
5286  return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1);
5287  }
5288 
5289 public:
5290  NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; }
5291  const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Name; }
5292 
5293  /// Retrieve the template arguments.
5294  const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const {
5295  return getArgBuffer();
5296  }
5297 
5298  /// Retrieve the number of template arguments.
5299  unsigned getNumArgs() const {
5300  return DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs;
5301  }
5302 
5303  const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h
5304 
5306  return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()};
5307  }
5308 
5309  using iterator = const TemplateArgument *;
5310 
5311  iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); }
5312  iterator end() const; // inline in TemplateBase.h
5313 
5314  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
5315  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
5316 
5317  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) {
5318  Profile(ID, Context, getKeyword(), NNS, Name, {getArgs(), getNumArgs()});
5319  }
5320 
5321  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
5322  const ASTContext &Context,
5323  ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
5324  NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
5325  const IdentifierInfo *Name,
5327 
5328  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
5329  return T->getTypeClass() == DependentTemplateSpecialization;
5330  }
5331 };
5332 
5333 /// Represents a pack expansion of types.
5334 ///
5335 /// Pack expansions are part of C++11 variadic templates. A pack
5336 /// expansion contains a pattern, which itself contains one or more
5337 /// "unexpanded" parameter packs. When instantiated, a pack expansion
5338 /// produces a series of types, each instantiated from the pattern of
5339 /// the expansion, where the Ith instantiation of the pattern uses the
5340 /// Ith arguments bound to each of the unexpanded parameter packs. The
5341 /// pack expansion is considered to "expand" these unexpanded
5342 /// parameter packs.
5343 ///
5344 /// \code
5345 /// template<typename ...Types> struct tuple;
5346 ///
5347 /// template<typename ...Types>
5348 /// struct tuple_of_references {
5349 /// typedef tuple<Types&...> type;
5350 /// };
5351 /// \endcode
5352 ///
5353 /// Here, the pack expansion \c Types&... is represented via a
5354 /// PackExpansionType whose pattern is Types&.
5355 class PackExpansionType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
5356  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these
5357 
5358  /// The pattern of the pack expansion.
5359  QualType Pattern;
5360 
5361  PackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, QualType Canon,
5362  Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions)
5363  : Type(PackExpansion, Canon, /*Dependent=*/Pattern->isDependentType(),
5364  /*InstantiationDependent=*/true,
5365  /*VariablyModified=*/Pattern->isVariablyModifiedType(),
5366  /*ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack=*/false),
5367  Pattern(Pattern) {
5368  PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions =
5369  NumExpansions ? *NumExpansions + 1 : 0;
5370  }
5371 
5372 public:
5373  /// Retrieve the pattern of this pack expansion, which is the
5374  /// type that will be repeatedly instantiated when instantiating the
5375  /// pack expansion itself.
5376  QualType getPattern() const { return Pattern; }
5377 
5378  /// Retrieve the number of expansions that this pack expansion will
5379  /// generate, if known.
5381  if (PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions)
5382  return PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions - 1;
5383  return None;
5384  }
5385 
5386  bool isSugared() const { return !Pattern->isDependentType(); }
5387  QualType desugar() const { return isSugared() ? Pattern : QualType(this, 0); }
5388 
5389  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
5390  Profile(ID, getPattern(), getNumExpansions());
5391  }
5392 
5393  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pattern,
5394  Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) {
5395  ID.AddPointer(Pattern.getAsOpaquePtr());
5396  ID.AddBoolean(NumExpansions.hasValue());
5397  if (NumExpansions)
5398  ID.AddInteger(*NumExpansions);
5399  }
5400 
5401  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
5402  return T->getTypeClass() == PackExpansion;
5403  }
5404 };
5405 
5406 /// This class wraps the list of protocol qualifiers. For types that can
5407 /// take ObjC protocol qualifers, they can subclass this class.
5408 template <class T>
5410 protected:
5411  ObjCProtocolQualifiers() = default;
5412 
5414  return const_cast<ObjCProtocolQualifiers*>(this)->getProtocolStorage();
5415  }
5416 
5418  return static_cast<T*>(this)->getProtocolStorageImpl();
5419  }
5420 
5421  void setNumProtocols(unsigned N) {
5422  static_cast<T*>(this)->setNumProtocolsImpl(N);
5423  }
5424 
5426  setNumProtocols(protocols.size());
5427  assert(getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() &&
5428  "bitfield overflow in protocol count");
5429  if (!protocols.empty())
5430  memcpy(getProtocolStorage(), protocols.data(),
5431  protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl*));
5432  }
5433 
5434 public:
5435  using qual_iterator = ObjCProtocolDecl * const *;
5436  using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>;
5437 
5438  qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); }
5439  qual_iterator qual_begin() const { return getProtocolStorage(); }
5440  qual_iterator qual_end() const { return qual_begin() + getNumProtocols(); }
5441 
5442  bool qual_empty() const { return getNumProtocols() == 0; }
5443 
5444  /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this type, or 0 if
5445  /// there are none.
5446  unsigned getNumProtocols() const {
5447  return static_cast<const T*>(this)->getNumProtocolsImpl();
5448  }
5449 
5450  /// Fetch a protocol by index.
5451  ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const {
5452  assert(I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access");
5453  return qual_begin()[I];
5454  }
5455 
5456  /// Retrieve all of the protocol qualifiers.
5458  return ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *>(qual_begin(), getNumProtocols());
5459  }
5460 };
5461 
5462 /// Represents a type parameter type in Objective C. It can take
5463 /// a list of protocols.
5464 class ObjCTypeParamType : public Type,
5465  public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>,
5466  public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
5467  friend class ASTContext;
5469 
5470  /// The number of protocols stored on this type.
5471  unsigned NumProtocols : 6;
5472 
5473  ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl;
5474 
5475  /// The protocols are stored after the ObjCTypeParamType node. In the
5476  /// canonical type, the list of protocols are sorted alphabetically
5477  /// and uniqued.
5478  ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl();
5479 
5480  /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type,
5481  /// or 0 if there are none.
5482  unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const {
5483  return NumProtocols;
5484  }
5485 
5486  void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) {
5487  NumProtocols = N;
5488  }
5489 
5491  QualType can,
5492  ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols);
5493 
5494 public:
5495  bool isSugared() const { return true; }
5496  QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); }
5497 
5498  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
5499  return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCTypeParam;
5500  }
5501 
5502  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID);
5503  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
5504  const ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl,
5505  ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols);
5506 
5507  ObjCTypeParamDecl *getDecl() const { return OTPDecl; }
5508 };
5509 
5510 /// Represents a class type in Objective C.
5511 ///
5512 /// Every Objective C type is a combination of a base type, a set of
5513 /// type arguments (optional, for parameterized classes) and a list of
5514 /// protocols.
5515 ///
5516 /// Given the following declarations:
5517 /// \code
5518 /// \@class C<T>;
5519 /// \@protocol P;
5520 /// \endcode
5521 ///
5522 /// 'C' is an ObjCInterfaceType C. It is sugar for an ObjCObjectType
5523 /// with base C and no protocols.
5524 ///
5525 /// 'C<P>' is an unspecialized ObjCObjectType with base C and protocol list [P].
5526 /// 'C<C*>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with type arguments 'C*' and no
5527 /// protocol list.
5528 /// 'C<C*><P>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with base C, type arguments 'C*',
5529 /// and protocol list [P].
5530 ///
5531 /// 'id' is a TypedefType which is sugar for an ObjCObjectPointerType whose
5532 /// pointee is an ObjCObjectType with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType
5533 /// and no protocols.
5534 ///
5535 /// 'id<P>' is an ObjCObjectPointerType whose pointee is an ObjCObjectType
5536 /// with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType and protocol list [P]. Eventually
5537 /// this should get its own sugar class to better represent the source.
5538 class ObjCObjectType : public Type,
5539  public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType> {
5541 
5542  // ObjCObjectType.NumTypeArgs - the number of type arguments stored
5543  // after the ObjCObjectPointerType node.
5544  // ObjCObjectType.NumProtocols - the number of protocols stored
5545  // after the type arguments of ObjCObjectPointerType node.
5546  //
5547  // These protocols are those written directly on the type. If
5548  // protocol qualifiers ever become additive, the iterators will need
5549  // to get kindof complicated.
5550  //
5551  // In the canonical object type, these are sorted alphabetically
5552  // and uniqued.
5553 
5554  /// Either a BuiltinType or an InterfaceType or sugar for either.
5555  QualType BaseType;
5556 
5557  /// Cached superclass type.
5558  mutable llvm::PointerIntPair<const ObjCObjectType *, 1, bool>
5559  CachedSuperClassType;
5560 
5561  QualType *getTypeArgStorage();
5562  const QualType *getTypeArgStorage() const {
5563  return const_cast<ObjCObjectType *>(this)->getTypeArgStorage();
5564  }
5565 
5566  ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl();
5567  /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type,
5568  /// or 0 if there are none.
5569  unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const {
5570  return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols;
5571  }
5572  void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) {
5573  ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = N;
5574  }
5575 
5576 protected:
5578 
5579  ObjCObjectType(QualType Canonical, QualType Base,
5580  ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
5581  ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols,
5582  bool isKindOf);
5583 
5585  : Type(ObjCInterface, QualType(), false, false, false, false),
5586  BaseType(QualType(this_(), 0)) {
5587  ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = 0;
5588  ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs = 0;
5589  ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf = 0;
5590  }
5591 
5592  void computeSuperClassTypeSlow() const;
5593 
5594 public:
5595  /// Gets the base type of this object type. This is always (possibly
5596  /// sugar for) one of:
5597  /// - the 'id' builtin type (as opposed to the 'id' type visible to the
5598  /// user, which is a typedef for an ObjCObjectPointerType)
5599  /// - the 'Class' builtin type (same caveat)
5600  /// - an ObjCObjectType (currently always an ObjCInterfaceType)
5601  QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; }
5602 
5603  bool isObjCId() const {
5604  return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId);
5605  }
5606 
5607  bool isObjCClass() const {
5608  return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
5609  }
5610 
5611  bool isObjCUnqualifiedId() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCId(); }
5612  bool isObjCUnqualifiedClass() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); }
5614  if (!qual_empty()) return false;
5615  if (const BuiltinType *T = getBaseType()->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5616  return T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCId ||
5617  T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCClass;
5618  return false;
5619  }
5620  bool isObjCQualifiedId() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCId(); }
5621  bool isObjCQualifiedClass() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); }
5622 
5623  /// Gets the interface declaration for this object type, if the base type
5624  /// really is an interface.
5625  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterface() const;
5626 
5627  /// Determine whether this object type is "specialized", meaning
5628  /// that it has type arguments.
5629  bool isSpecialized() const;
5630 
5631  /// Determine whether this object type was written with type arguments.
5632  bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const {
5633  return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs > 0;
5634  }
5635 
5636  /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized", meaning
5637  /// that it has no type arguments.
5638  bool isUnspecialized() const { return !isSpecialized(); }
5639 
5640  /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as
5641  /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments.
5642  bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); }
5643 
5644  /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type (semantically).
5645  ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const;
5646 
5647  /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type as they were
5648  /// written.
5650  return llvm::makeArrayRef(getTypeArgStorage(),
5651  ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs);
5652  }
5653 
5654  /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type as written.
5655  bool isKindOfTypeAsWritten() const { return ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf; }
5656 
5657  /// Whether this ia a "__kindof" type (semantically).
5658  bool isKindOfType() const;
5659 
5660  /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object type.
5661  ///
5662  /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the
5663  /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a
5664  /// specialization of the superclass type. Produces a null type if
5665  /// there is no superclass.
5667  if (!CachedSuperClassType.getInt())
5668  computeSuperClassTypeSlow();
5669 
5670  assert(CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?");
5671  return QualType(CachedSuperClassType.getPointer(), 0);
5672  }
5673 
5674  /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any
5675  /// protocol qualifiers.
5676  QualType stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(const ASTContext &ctx) const;
5677 
5678  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
5679  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
5680 
5681  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
5682  return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObject ||
5683  T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface;
5684  }
5685 };
5686 
5687 /// A class providing a concrete implementation
5688 /// of ObjCObjectType, so as to not increase the footprint of
5689 /// ObjCInterfaceType. Code outside of ASTContext and the core type
5690 /// system should not reference this type.
5691 class ObjCObjectTypeImpl : public ObjCObjectType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
5692  friend class ASTContext;
5693 
5694  // If anyone adds fields here, ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorage()
5695  // will need to be modified.
5696 
5698  ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
5699  ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols,
5700  bool isKindOf)
5701  : ObjCObjectType(Canonical, Base, typeArgs, protocols, isKindOf) {}
5702 
5703 public:
5704  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID);
5705  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
5706  QualType Base,
5707  ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
5708  ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols,
5709  bool isKindOf);
5710 };
5711 
5712 inline QualType *ObjCObjectType::getTypeArgStorage() {
5713  return reinterpret_cast<QualType *>(static_cast<ObjCObjectTypeImpl*>(this)+1);
5714 }
5715 
5716 inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorageImpl() {
5717  return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>(
5718  getTypeArgStorage() + ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs);
5719 }
5720 
5721 inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCTypeParamType::getProtocolStorageImpl() {
5722  return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>(
5723  static_cast<ObjCTypeParamType*>(this)+1);
5724 }
5725 
5726 /// Interfaces are the core concept in Objective-C for object oriented design.
5727 /// They basically correspond to C++ classes. There are two kinds of interface
5728 /// types: normal interfaces like `NSString`, and qualified interfaces, which
5729 /// are qualified with a protocol list like `NSString<NSCopyable, NSAmazing>`.
5730 ///
5731 /// ObjCInterfaceType guarantees the following properties when considered
5732 /// as a subtype of its superclass, ObjCObjectType:
5733 /// - There are no protocol qualifiers. To reinforce this, code which
5734 /// tries to invoke the protocol methods via an ObjCInterfaceType will
5735 /// fail to compile.
5736 /// - It is its own base type. That is, if T is an ObjCInterfaceType*,
5737 /// T->getBaseType() == QualType(T, 0).
5739  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
5740  friend class ASTReader;
5741  friend class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
5742 
5743  mutable ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl;
5744 
5747  Decl(const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(D)) {}
5748 
5749 public:
5750  /// Get the declaration of this interface.
5751  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; }
5752 
5753  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
5754  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
5755 
5756  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
5757  return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface;
5758  }
5759 
5760  // Nonsense to "hide" certain members of ObjCObjectType within this
5761  // class. People asking for protocols on an ObjCInterfaceType are
5762  // not going to get what they want: ObjCInterfaceTypes are
5763  // guaranteed to have no protocols.
5764  enum {
5769  getProtocol
5770  };
5771 };
5772 
5774  QualType baseType = getBaseType();
5775  while (const auto *ObjT = baseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) {
5776  if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(ObjT))
5777  return T->getDecl();
5778 
5779  baseType = ObjT->getBaseType();
5780  }
5781 
5782  return nullptr;
5783 }
5784 
5785 /// Represents a pointer to an Objective C object.
5786 ///
5787 /// These are constructed from pointer declarators when the pointee type is
5788 /// an ObjCObjectType (or sugar for one). In addition, the 'id' and 'Class'
5789 /// types are typedefs for these, and the protocol-qualified types 'id<P>'
5790 /// and 'Class<P>' are translated into these.
5791 ///
5792 /// Pointers to pointers to Objective C objects are still PointerTypes;
5793 /// only the first level of pointer gets it own type implementation.
5794 class ObjCObjectPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
5795  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
5796 
5797  QualType PointeeType;
5798 
5799  ObjCObjectPointerType(QualType Canonical, QualType Pointee)
5800  : Type(ObjCObjectPointer, Canonical,
5801  Pointee->isDependentType(),
5802  Pointee->isInstantiationDependentType(),
5803  Pointee->isVariablyModifiedType(),
5804  Pointee->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
5805  PointeeType(Pointee) {}
5806 
5807 public:
5808  /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer.
5809  /// The result will always be an ObjCObjectType or sugar thereof.
5810  QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; }
5811 
5812  /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer. Always returns non-null.
5813  ///
5814  /// This method is equivalent to getPointeeType() except that
5815  /// it discards any typedefs (or other sugar) between this
5816  /// type and the "outermost" object type. So for:
5817  /// \code
5818  /// \@class A; \@protocol P; \@protocol Q;
5819  /// typedef A<P> AP;
5820  /// typedef A A1;
5821  /// typedef A1<P> A1P;
5822  /// typedef A1P<Q> A1PQ;
5823  /// \endcode
5824  /// For 'A*', getObjectType() will return 'A'.
5825  /// For 'A<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'.
5826  /// For 'AP*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'.
5827  /// For 'A1*', getObjectType() will return 'A'.
5828  /// For 'A1<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'.
5829  /// For 'A1P*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'.
5830  /// For 'A1PQ*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<Q>', because
5831  /// adding protocols to a protocol-qualified base discards the
5832  /// old qualifiers (for now). But if it didn't, getObjectType()
5833  /// would return 'A1P<Q>' (and we'd have to make iterating over
5834  /// qualifiers more complicated).
5836  return PointeeType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>();
5837  }
5838 
5839  /// If this pointer points to an Objective C
5840  /// \@interface type, gets the type for that interface. Any protocol
5841  /// qualifiers on the interface are ignored.
5842  ///
5843  /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class'
5844  const ObjCInterfaceType *getInterfaceType() const;
5845 
5846  /// If this pointer points to an Objective \@interface
5847  /// type, gets the declaration for that interface.
5848  ///
5849  /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class'
5851  return getObjectType()->getInterface();
5852  }
5853 
5854  /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' type, i.e. if
5855  /// its object type is the primitive 'id' type with no protocols.
5856  bool isObjCIdType() const {
5857  return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedId();
5858  }
5859 
5860  /// True if this is equivalent to the 'Class' type,
5861  /// i.e. if its object tive is the primitive 'Class' type with no protocols.
5862  bool isObjCClassType() const {
5863  return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedClass();
5864  }
5865 
5866  /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' or 'Class' type,
5867  bool isObjCIdOrClassType() const {
5868  return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass();
5869  }
5870 
5871  /// True if this is equivalent to 'id<P>' for some non-empty set of
5872  /// protocols.
5873  bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const {
5874  return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedId();
5875  }
5876 
5877  /// True if this is equivalent to 'Class<P>' for some non-empty set of
5878  /// protocols.
5880  return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedClass();
5881  }
5882 
5883  /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type.
5884  bool isKindOfType() const { return getObjectType()->isKindOfType(); }
5885 
5886  /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments.
5887  bool isSpecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isSpecialized(); }
5888 
5889  /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments.
5890  bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const {
5891  return getObjectType()->isSpecializedAsWritten();
5892  }
5893 
5894  /// Whether this type is unspecialized, meaning that is has no type arguments.
5895  bool isUnspecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isUnspecialized(); }
5896 
5897  /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as
5898  /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments.
5899  bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); }
5900 
5901  /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type.
5903  return getObjectType()->getTypeArgs();
5904  }
5905 
5906  /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type.
5908  return getObjectType()->getTypeArgsAsWritten();
5909  }
5910 
5911  /// An iterator over the qualifiers on the object type. Provided
5912  /// for convenience. This will always iterate over the full set of
5913  /// protocols on a type, not just those provided directly.
5915  using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>;
5916 
5917  qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); }
5918 
5920  return getObjectType()->qual_begin();
5921  }
5922 
5924  return getObjectType()->qual_end();
5925  }
5926 
5927  bool qual_empty() const { return getObjectType()->qual_empty(); }
5928 
5929  /// Return the number of qualifying protocols on the object type.
5930  unsigned getNumProtocols() const {
5931  return getObjectType()->getNumProtocols();
5932  }
5933 
5934  /// Retrieve a qualifying protocol by index on the object type.
5935  ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const {
5936  return getObjectType()->getProtocol(I);
5937  }
5938 
5939  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
5940  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
5941 
5942  /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object pointer type.
5943  ///
5944  /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the
5945  /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a
5946  /// pointer to a specialization of the superclass type. Produces a
5947  /// null type if there is no superclass.
5948  QualType getSuperClassType() const;
5949 
5950  /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any
5951  /// protocol qualifiers.
5952  const ObjCObjectPointerType *stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(
5953  const ASTContext &ctx) const;
5954 
5955  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
5956  Profile(ID, getPointeeType());
5957  }
5958 
5959  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) {
5960  ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr());
5961  }
5962 
5963  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
5964  return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObjectPointer;
5965  }
5966 };
5967 
5968 class AtomicType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
5969  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
5970 
5971  QualType ValueType;
5972 
5973  AtomicType(QualType ValTy, QualType Canonical)
5974  : Type(Atomic, Canonical, ValTy->isDependentType(),
5975  ValTy->isInstantiationDependentType(),
5976  ValTy->isVariablyModifiedType(),
5977  ValTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
5978  ValueType(ValTy) {}
5979 
5980 public:
5981  /// Gets the type contained by this atomic type, i.e.
5982  /// the type returned by performing an atomic load of this atomic type.
5983  QualType getValueType() const { return ValueType; }
5984 
5985  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
5986  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
5987 
5988  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
5989  Profile(ID, getValueType());
5990  }
5991 
5992  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) {
5993  ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr());
5994  }
5995 
5996  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
5997  return T->getTypeClass() == Atomic;
5998  }
5999 };
6000 
6001 /// PipeType - OpenCL20.
6002 class PipeType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
6003  friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these.
6004 
6005  QualType ElementType;
6006  bool isRead;
6007 
6008  PipeType(QualType elemType, QualType CanonicalPtr, bool isRead)
6009  : Type(Pipe, CanonicalPtr, elemType->isDependentType(),
6010  elemType->isInstantiationDependentType(),
6011  elemType->isVariablyModifiedType(),
6012  elemType->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()),
6013  ElementType(elemType), isRead(isRead) {}
6014 
6015 public:
6016  QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; }
6017 
6018  bool isSugared() const { return false; }
6019 
6020  QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); }
6021 
6022  void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) {
6023  Profile(ID, getElementType(), isReadOnly());
6024  }
6025 
6026  static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T, bool isRead) {
6027  ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr());
6028  ID.AddBoolean(isRead);
6029  }
6030 
6031  static bool classof(const Type *T) {
6032  return T->getTypeClass() == Pipe;
6033  }
6034 
6035  bool isReadOnly() const { return isRead; }
6036 };
6037 
6038 /// A qualifier set is used to build a set of qualifiers.
6040 public:
6042 
6043  /// Collect any qualifiers on the given type and return an
6044  /// unqualified type. The qualifiers are assumed to be consistent
6045  /// with those already in the type.
6047  addFastQualifiers(type.getLocalFastQualifiers());
6048  if (!type.hasLocalNonFastQualifiers())
6049  return type.getTypePtrUnsafe();
6050 
6051  const ExtQuals *extQuals = type.getExtQualsUnsafe();
6052  addConsistentQualifiers(extQuals->getQualifiers());
6053  return extQuals->getBaseType();
6054  }
6055 
6056  /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type.
6057  QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, QualType QT) const;
6058 
6059  /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type.
6060  QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, const Type* T) const;
6061 };
6062 
6063 // Inline function definitions.
6064 
6066  SplitQualType desugar =
6067  Ty->getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType().split();
6068  desugar.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(Quals);
6069  return desugar;
6070 }
6071 
6072 inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtr() const {
6073  return getCommonPtr()->BaseType;
6074 }
6075 
6076 inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtrOrNull() const {
6077  return (isNull() ? nullptr : getCommonPtr()->BaseType);
6078 }
6079 
6081  if (!hasLocalNonFastQualifiers())
6082  return SplitQualType(getTypePtrUnsafe(),
6083  Qualifiers::fromFastMask(getLocalFastQualifiers()));
6084 
6085  const ExtQuals *eq = getExtQualsUnsafe();
6086  Qualifiers qs = eq->getQualifiers();
6087  qs.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
6088  return SplitQualType(eq->getBaseType(), qs);
6089 }
6090 
6092  Qualifiers Quals;
6093  if (hasLocalNonFastQualifiers())
6094  Quals = getExtQualsUnsafe()->getQualifiers();
6095  Quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
6096  return Quals;
6097 }
6098 
6100  Qualifiers quals = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalQualifiers();
6101  quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
6102  return quals;
6103 }
6104 
6105 inline unsigned QualType::getCVRQualifiers() const {
6106  unsigned cvr = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalCVRQualifiers();
6107  cvr |= getLocalCVRQualifiers();
6108  return cvr;
6109 }
6110 
6112  QualType canon = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType;
6113  return canon.withFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers());
6114 }
6115 
6116 inline bool QualType::isCanonical() const {
6117  return getTypePtr()->isCanonicalUnqualified();
6118 }
6119 
6120 inline bool QualType::isCanonicalAsParam() const {
6121  if (!isCanonical()) return false;
6122  if (hasLocalQualifiers()) return false;
6123 
6124  const Type *T = getTypePtr();
6125  if (T->isVariablyModifiedType() && T->hasSizedVLAType())
6126  return false;
6127 
6128  return !isa<FunctionType>(T) && !isa<ArrayType>(T);
6129 }
6130 
6131 inline bool QualType::isConstQualified() const {
6132  return isLocalConstQualified() ||
6133  getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalConstQualified();
6134 }
6135 
6136 inline bool QualType::isRestrictQualified() const {
6137  return isLocalRestrictQualified() ||
6138  getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalRestrictQualified();
6139 }
6140 
6141 
6142 inline bool QualType::isVolatileQualified() const {
6143  return isLocalVolatileQualified() ||
6144  getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalVolatileQualified();
6145 }
6146 
6147 inline bool QualType::hasQualifiers() const {
6148  return hasLocalQualifiers() ||
6149  getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.hasLocalQualifiers();
6150 }
6151 
6153  if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers())
6154  return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0);
6155 
6156  return QualType(getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this).Ty, 0);
6157 }
6158 
6160  if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers())
6161  return split();
6162 
6163  return getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this);
6164 }
6165 
6167  removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const);
6168 }
6169 
6171  removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict);
6172 }
6173 
6175  removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile);
6176 }
6177 
6178 inline void QualType::removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask) {
6179  assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits");
6180  static_assert((int)Qualifiers::CVRMask == (int)Qualifiers::FastMask,
6181  "Fast bits differ from CVR bits!");
6182 
6183  // Fast path: we don't need to touch the slow qualifiers.
6184  removeLocalFastQualifiers(Mask);
6185 }
6186 
6187 /// Return the address space of this type.
6189  return getQualifiers().getAddressSpace();
6190 }
6191 
6192 /// Return the gc attribute of this type.
6194  return getQualifiers().getObjCGCAttr();
6195 }
6196 
6198  if (const auto *PT = t.getAs<PointerType>()) {
6199  if (const auto *FT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>())
6200  return FT->getExtInfo();
6201  } else if (const auto *FT = t.getAs<FunctionType>())
6202  return FT->getExtInfo();
6203 
6204  return FunctionType::ExtInfo();
6205 }
6206 
6208  return getFunctionExtInfo(*t);
6209 }
6210 
6211 /// Determine whether this type is more
6212 /// qualified than the Other type. For example, "const volatile int"
6213 /// is more qualified than "const int", "volatile int", and
6214 /// "int". However, it is not more qualified than "const volatile
6215 /// int".
6216 inline bool QualType::isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType other) const {
6217  Qualifiers MyQuals = getQualifiers();
6218  Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers();
6219  return (MyQuals != OtherQuals && MyQuals.compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals));
6220 }
6221 
6222 /// Determine whether this type is at last
6223 /// as qualified as the Other type. For example, "const volatile
6224 /// int" is at least as qualified as "const int", "volatile int",
6225 /// "int", and "const volatile int".
6226 inline bool QualType::isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType other) const {
6227  Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers();
6228 
6229  // Ignore __unaligned qualifier if this type is a void.
6230  if (getUnqualifiedType()->isVoidType())
6231  OtherQuals.removeUnaligned();
6232 
6233  return getQualifiers().compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals);
6234 }
6235 
6236 /// If Type is a reference type (e.g., const
6237 /// int&), returns the type that the reference refers to ("const
6238 /// int"). Otherwise, returns the type itself. This routine is used
6239 /// throughout Sema to implement C++ 5p6:
6240 ///
6241 /// If an expression initially has the type "reference to T" (8.3.2,
6242 /// 8.5.3), the type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further
6243 /// analysis, the expression designates the object or function
6244 /// denoted by the reference, and the expression is an lvalue.
6246  if (const auto *RefType = (*this)->getAs<ReferenceType>())
6247  return RefType->getPointeeType();
6248  else
6249  return *this;
6250 }
6251 
6253  return ((getTypePtr()->isVoidType() && !hasQualifiers()) ||
6254  getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
6255 }
6256 
6257 /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a fundamental type.
6258 ///
6259 /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.fundamental].
6260 inline bool Type::isFundamentalType() const {
6261  return isVoidType() ||
6262  // FIXME: It's really annoying that we don't have an
6263  // 'isArithmeticType()' which agrees with the standard definition.
6264  (isArithmeticType() && !isEnumeralType());
6265 }
6266 
6267 /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a compound type.
6268 ///
6269 /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.compound].
6270 inline bool Type::isCompoundType() const {
6271  // C++0x [basic.compound]p1:
6272  // Compound types can be constructed in the following ways:
6273  // -- arrays of objects of a given type [...];
6274  return isArrayType() ||
6275  // -- functions, which have parameters of given types [...];
6276  isFunctionType() ||
6277  // -- pointers to void or objects or functions [...];
6278  isPointerType() ||
6279  // -- references to objects or functions of a given type. [...]
6280  isReferenceType() ||
6281  // -- classes containing a sequence of objects of various types, [...];
6282  isRecordType() ||
6283  // -- unions, which are classes capable of containing objects of different
6284  // types at different times;
6285  isUnionType() ||
6286  // -- enumerations, which comprise a set of named constant values. [...];
6287  isEnumeralType() ||
6288  // -- pointers to non-static class members, [...].
6289  isMemberPointerType();
6290 }
6291 
6292 inline bool Type::isFunctionType() const {
6293  return isa<FunctionType>(CanonicalType);
6294 }
6295 
6296 inline bool Type::isPointerType() const {
6297  return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType);
6298 }
6299 
6300 inline bool Type::isAnyPointerType() const {
6301  return isPointerType() || isObjCObjectPointerType();
6302 }
6303 
6304 inline bool Type::isBlockPointerType() const {
6305  return isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType);
6306 }
6307 
6308 inline bool Type::isReferenceType() const {
6309  return isa<ReferenceType>(CanonicalType);
6310 }
6311 
6312 inline bool Type::isLValueReferenceType() const {
6313  return isa<LValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType);
6314 }
6315 
6316 inline bool Type::isRValueReferenceType() const {
6317  return isa<RValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType);
6318 }
6319 
6320 inline bool Type::isFunctionPointerType() const {
6321  if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>())
6322  return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType();
6323  else
6324  return false;
6325 }
6326 
6327 inline bool Type::isMemberPointerType() const {
6328  return isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType);
6329 }
6330 
6332  if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>())
6333  return T->isMemberFunctionPointer();
6334  else
6335  return false;
6336 }
6337 
6338 inline bool Type::isMemberDataPointerType() const {
6339  if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>())
6340  return T->isMemberDataPointer();
6341  else
6342  return false;
6343 }
6344 
6345 inline bool Type::isArrayType() const {
6346  return isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6347 }
6348 
6349 inline bool Type::isConstantArrayType() const {
6350  return isa<ConstantArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6351 }
6352 
6353 inline bool Type::isIncompleteArrayType() const {
6354  return isa<IncompleteArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6355 }
6356 
6357 inline bool Type::isVariableArrayType() const {
6358  return isa<VariableArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6359 }
6360 
6361 inline bool Type::isDependentSizedArrayType() const {
6362  return isa<DependentSizedArrayType>(CanonicalType);
6363 }
6364 
6365 inline bool Type::isBuiltinType() const {
6366  return isa<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType);
6367 }
6368 
6369 inline bool Type::isRecordType() const {
6370  return isa<RecordType>(CanonicalType);
6371 }
6372 
6373 inline bool Type::isEnumeralType() const {
6374  return isa<EnumType>(CanonicalType);
6375 }
6376 
6377 inline bool Type::isAnyComplexType() const {
6378  return isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType);
6379 }
6380 
6381 inline bool Type::isVectorType() const {
6382  return isa<VectorType>(CanonicalType);
6383 }
6384 
6385 inline bool Type::isExtVectorType() const {
6386  return isa<ExtVectorType>(CanonicalType);
6387 }
6388 
6390  return isa<DependentAddressSpaceType>(CanonicalType);
6391 }
6392 
6393 inline bool Type::isObjCObjectPointerType() const {
6394  return isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType);
6395 }
6396 
6397 inline bool Type::isObjCObjectType() const {
6398  return isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType);
6399 }
6400 
6402  return isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(CanonicalType) ||
6403  isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType);
6404 }
6405 
6406 inline bool Type::isAtomicType() const {
6407  return isa<AtomicType>(CanonicalType);
6408 }
6409 
6410 inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedIdType() const {
6411  if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
6412  return OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
6413  return false;
6414 }
6415 
6416 inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedClassType() const {
6417  if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
6418  return OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType();
6419  return false;
6420 }
6421 
6422 inline bool Type::isObjCIdType() const {
6423  if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
6424  return OPT->isObjCIdType();
6425  return false;
6426 }
6427 
6428 inline bool Type::isObjCClassType() const {
6429  if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
6430  return OPT->isObjCClassType();
6431  return false;
6432 }
6433 
6434 inline bool Type::isObjCSelType() const {
6435  if (const auto *OPT = getAs<PointerType>())
6436  return OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
6437  return false;
6438 }
6439 
6440 inline bool Type::isObjCBuiltinType() const {
6441  return isObjCIdType() || isObjCClassType() || isObjCSelType();
6442 }
6443 
6444 #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
6445  inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \
6446  return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \
6447  }
6448 #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
6449 
6450 inline bool Type::isSamplerT() const {
6451  return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLSampler);
6452 }
6453 
6454 inline bool Type::isEventT() const {
6455  return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLEvent);
6456 }
6457 
6458 inline bool Type::isClkEventT() const {
6459  return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent);
6460 }
6461 
6462 inline bool Type::isQueueT() const {
6463  return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLQueue);
6464 }
6465 
6466 inline bool Type::isReserveIDT() const {
6467  return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLReserveID);
6468 }
6469 
6470 inline bool Type::isImageType() const {
6471 #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) is##Id##Type() ||
6472  return
6473 #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
6474  false; // end boolean or operation
6475 }
6476 
6477 inline bool Type::isPipeType() const {
6478  return isa<PipeType>(CanonicalType);
6479 }
6480 
6481 #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \
6482  inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \
6483  return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \
6484  }
6485 #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
6486 
6487 inline bool Type::isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const {
6488 #define INTEL_SUBGROUP_AVC_TYPE(ExtType, Id) \
6489  isOCLIntelSubgroupAVC##Id##Type() ||
6490  return
6491 #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
6492  false; // end of boolean or operation
6493 }
6494 
6495 inline bool Type::isOCLExtOpaqueType() const {
6496 #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) is##Id##Type() ||
6497  return
6498 #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
6499  false; // end of boolean or operation
6500 }
6501 
6502 inline bool Type::isOpenCLSpecificType() const {
6503  return isSamplerT() || isEventT() || isImageType() || isClkEventT() ||
6504  isQueueT() || isReserveIDT() || isPipeType() || isOCLExtOpaqueType();
6505 }
6506 
6507 inline bool Type::isTemplateTypeParmType() const {
6508  return isa<TemplateTypeParmType>(CanonicalType);
6509 }
6510 
6511 inline bool Type::isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const {
6512  if (const BuiltinType *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>())
6513  if (BT->getKind() == (BuiltinType::Kind) K)
6514  return true;
6515  return false;
6516 }
6517 
6518 inline bool Type::isPlaceholderType() const {
6519  if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this))
6520  return BT->isPlaceholderType();
6521  return false;
6522 }
6523 
6525  if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this))
6526  if (BT->isPlaceholderType())
6527  return BT;
6528  return nullptr;
6529 }
6530 
6531 inline bool Type::isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const {
6533  if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this))
6534  return (BT->getKind() == (BuiltinType::Kind) K);
6535  return false;
6536 }
6537 
6539  if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this))
6540  return BT->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType();
6541  return false;
6542 }
6543 
6544 inline bool Type::isVoidType() const {
6545  if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
6546  return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Void;
6547  return false;
6548 }
6549 
6550 inline bool Type::isHalfType() const {
6551  if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
6552  return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half;
6553  // FIXME: Should we allow complex __fp16? Probably not.
6554  return false;
6555 }
6556 
6557 inline bool Type::isFloat16Type() const {
6558  if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
6559  return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float16;
6560  return false;
6561 }
6562 
6563 inline bool Type::isFloat128Type() const {
6564  if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
6565  return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float128;
6566  return false;
6567 }
6568 
6569 inline bool Type::isNullPtrType() const {
6570  if (const auto *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>())
6571  return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::NullPtr;
6572  return false;
6573 }
6574 
6576 bool IsEnumDeclScoped(EnumDecl *);
6577 
6578 inline bool Type::isIntegerType() const {
6579  if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
6580  return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool &&
6581  BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128;
6582  if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) {
6583  // Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types.
6584  // FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types.
6585  return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()) &&
6586  !IsEnumDeclScoped(ET->getDecl());
6587  }
6588  return false;
6589 }
6590 
6591 inline bool Type::isFixedPointType() const {
6592  if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) {
6593  return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum &&
6594  BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract;
6595  }
6596  return false;
6597 }
6598 
6599 inline bool Type::isSaturatedFixedPointType() const {
6600  if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) {
6601  return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum &&
6602  BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract;
6603  }
6604  return false;
6605 }
6606 
6608  return isFixedPointType() && !isSaturatedFixedPointType();
6609 }
6610 
6611 inline bool Type::isSignedFixedPointType() const {
6612  if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) {
6613  return ((BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum &&
6614  BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongAccum) ||
6615  (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortFract &&
6616  BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongFract) ||
6617  (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum &&
6618  BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongAccum) ||
6619  (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortFract &&
6620  BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongFract));
6621  }
6622  return false;
6623 }
6624 
6625 inline bool Type::isUnsignedFixedPointType() const {
6626  return isFixedPointType() && !isSignedFixedPointType();
6627 }
6628 
6629 inline bool Type::isScalarType() const {
6630  if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
6631  return BT->getKind() > BuiltinType::Void &&
6632  BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::NullPtr;
6633  if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType))
6634  // Enums are scalar types, but only if they are defined. Incomplete enums
6635  // are not treated as scalar types.
6636  return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl());
6637  return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType) ||
6638  isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType) ||
6639  isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType) ||
6640  isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType) ||
6641  isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType);
6642 }
6643 
6645  if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
6646  return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool &&
6647  BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128;
6648 
6649  // Check for a complete enum type; incomplete enum types are not properly an
6650  // enumeration type in the sense required here.
6651  if (const auto *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType))
6652  return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl());
6653 
6654  return false;
6655 }
6656 
6657 inline bool Type::isBooleanType() const {
6658  if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType))
6659  return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool;
6660  return false;
6661 }
6662 
6663 inline bool Type::isUndeducedType() const {
6664  auto *DT = getContainedDeducedType();
6665  return DT && !DT->isDeduced();
6666 }
6667 
6668 /// Determines whether this is a type for which one can define
6669 /// an overloaded operator.
6670 inline bool Type::isOverloadableType() const {
6671  return isDependentType() || isRecordType() || isEnumeralType();
6672 }
6673 
6674 /// Determines whether this type can decay to a pointer type.
6675 inline bool Type::canDecayToPointerType() const {
6676  return isFunctionType() || isArrayType();
6677 }
6678 
6679 inline bool Type::hasPointerRepresentation() const {
6680  return (isPointerType() || isReferenceType() || isBlockPointerType() ||
6681  isObjCObjectPointerType() || isNullPtrType());
6682 }
6683 
6685  return isObjCObjectPointerType();
6686 }
6687 
6688 inline const Type *Type::getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const {
6689  const Type *type = this;
6690  while (const ArrayType *arrayType = type->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
6691  type = arrayType->getElementType().getTypePtr();
6692  return type;
6693 }
6694 
6696  const Type *type = this;
6697  if (type->isAnyPointerType())
6698  return type->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
6699  else if (type->isArrayType())
6700  return type->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
6701  return type;
6702 }
6703 
6704 /// Insertion operator for diagnostics. This allows sending Qualifiers into a
6705 /// diagnostic with <<.
6707  Qualifiers Q) {
6709  DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_qual);
6710  return DB;
6711 }
6712 
6713 /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending Qualifiers
6714 /// into a diagnostic with <<.
6716  Qualifiers Q) {
6718  DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_qual);
6719  return PD;
6720 }
6721 
6722 /// Insertion operator for diagnostics. This allows sending QualType's into a
6723 /// diagnostic with <<.
6725  QualType T) {
6726  DB.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()),
6728  return DB;
6729 }
6730 
6731 /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending QualType's
6732 /// into a diagnostic with <<.
6734  QualType T) {
6735  PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()),
6737  return PD;
6738 }
6739 
6740 // Helper class template that is used by Type::getAs to ensure that one does
6741 // not try to look through a qualified type to get to an array type.
6742 template <typename T>
6743 using TypeIsArrayType =
6744  std::integral_constant<bool, std::is_same<T, ArrayType>::value ||
6745  std::is_base_of<ArrayType, T>::value>;
6746 
6747 // Member-template getAs<specific type>'.
6748 template <typename T> const T *Type::getAs() const {
6749  static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value,
6750  "ArrayType cannot be used with getAs!");
6751 
6752  // If this is directly a T type, return it.
6753  if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this))
6754  return Ty;
6755 
6756  // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it.
6757  if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType))
6758  return nullptr;
6759 
6760  // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without
6761  // losing all typedef information.
6762  return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
6763 }
6764 
6765 template <typename T> const T *Type::getAsAdjusted() const {
6766  static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, "ArrayType cannot be used with getAsAdjusted!");
6767 
6768  // If this is directly a T type, return it.
6769  if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this))
6770  return Ty;
6771 
6772  // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it.
6773  if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType))
6774  return nullptr;
6775 
6776  // Strip off type adjustments that do not modify the underlying nature of the
6777  // type.
6778  const Type *Ty = this;
6779  while (Ty) {
6780  if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(Ty))
6781  Ty = A->getModifiedType().getTypePtr();
6782  else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<ElaboratedType>(Ty))
6783  Ty = E->desugar().getTypePtr();
6784  else if (const auto *P = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty))
6785  Ty = P->desugar().getTypePtr();
6786  else if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AdjustedType>(Ty))
6787  Ty = A->desugar().getTypePtr();
6788  else
6789  break;
6790  }
6791 
6792  // Just because the canonical type is correct does not mean we can use cast<>,
6793  // since we may not have stripped off all the sugar down to the base type.
6794  return dyn_cast<T>(Ty);
6795 }
6796 
6797 inline const ArrayType *Type::getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const {
6798  // If this is directly an array type, return it.
6799  if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this))
6800  return arr;
6801 
6802  // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it.
6803  if (!isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType))
6804  return nullptr;
6805 
6806  // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without
6807  // losing all typedef information.
6808  return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
6809 }
6810 
6811 template <typename T> const T *Type::castAs() const {
6812  static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value,
6813  "ArrayType cannot be used with castAs!");
6814 
6815  if (const auto *ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) return ty;
6816  assert(isa<T>(CanonicalType));
6817  return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
6818 }
6819 
6821  assert(isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType));
6822  if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) return arr;
6823  return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
6824 }
6825 
6826 DecayedType::DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType DecayedPtr,
6827  QualType CanonicalPtr)
6828  : AdjustedType(Decayed, OriginalType, DecayedPtr, CanonicalPtr) {
6829 #ifndef NDEBUG
6830  QualType Adjusted = getAdjustedType();
6831  (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Adjusted);
6832  assert(isa<PointerType>(Adjusted));
6833 #endif
6834 }
6835 
6837  QualType Decayed = getDecayedType();
6839  return cast<PointerType>(Decayed)->getPointeeType();
6840 }
6841 
6842 // Get the decimal string representation of a fixed point type, represented
6843 // as a scaled integer.
6844 void FixedPointValueToString(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, llvm::APSInt Val,
6845  unsigned Scale);
6846 
6847 } // namespace clang
6848 
6849 #endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:2656
bool isDynamicExceptionSpec(ExceptionSpecificationType ESpecType)
Internal representation of canonical, dependent typeof(expr) types.
Definition: Type.h:4202
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:2493
QualType getPattern() const
Retrieve the pattern of this pack expansion, which is the type that will be repeatedly instantiated w...
Definition: Type.h:5376
const internal::VariadicAllOfMatcher< Type > type
Matches Types in the clang AST.
bool isFloatingPoint() const
Definition: Type.h:2443
QualType getDeducedType() const
Get the type deduced for this placeholder type, or null if it&#39;s either not been deduced or was deduce...
Definition: Type.h:4735
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:4731
Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type keyword, e.g., struct S...
Definition: Type.h:5129
const Type * Ty
The locally-unqualified type.
Definition: Type.h:579
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx)
Definition: Type.h:4932
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:2937
Represents a function declaration or definition.
Definition: Decl.h:1738
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:4363
static void print(SplitQualType split, raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &policy, const Twine &PlaceHolder, unsigned Indentation=0)
Definition: Type.h:985
static Qualifiers fromCVRUMask(unsigned CVRU)
Definition: Type.h:240
bool isFixedPointType() const
Return true if this is a fixed point type according to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169.
Definition: Type.h:6591
const TemplateSpecializationType * getInjectedTST() const
Definition: Type.h:5012
bool isKindOfTypeAsWritten() const
Whether this is a "__kindof" type as written.
Definition: Type.h:5655
The "enum" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
Definition: Type.h:5064
void removeUnaligned()
Definition: Type.h:301
bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const
True if this is equivalent to &#39;id.
Definition: Type.h:5873
void setDependent(bool D=true)
Definition: Type.h:1789
no exception specification
IdentifierInfo * getIdentifier() const
Definition: Type.h:4674
const Type & operator*() const
Definition: Type.h:691
RefQualifierKind getRefQualifier() const
Retrieve the ref-qualifier associated with this function type.
Definition: Type.h:4023
PointerType - C99 6.7.5.1 - Pointer Declarators.
Definition: Type.h:2537
ArrayRef< QualType > getTypeArgsAsWritten() const
Retrieve the type arguments of this object type as they were written.
Definition: Type.h:5649
bool operator==(Qualifiers Other) const
Definition: Type.h:520
QualType getElementType() const
Definition: Type.h:6016
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:3008
QualType getPointeeType() const
Definition: Type.h:2550
Represents the dependent type named by a dependently-scoped typename using declaration, e.g.
Definition: Type.h:4121
A (possibly-)qualified type.
Definition: Type.h:638
bool isBlockPointerType() const
Definition: Type.h:6304
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee)
Definition: Type.h:2575
bool isArrayType() const
Definition: Type.h:6345
bool getNoCfCheck() const
Definition: Type.h:3515
bool isMemberPointerType() const
Definition: Type.h:6327
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:2428
QualType getInjectedSpecializationType() const
Definition: Type.h:5010
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:3663
unsigned getNumExceptions() const
Return the number of types in the exception specification.
Definition: Type.h:3948
static QualType getObjectType(APValue::LValueBase B)
Retrieves the "underlying object type" of the given expression, as used by __builtin_object_size.
QualType getDecayedType() const
Definition: Type.h:2629
__auto_type (GNU extension)
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:2492
bool isMemberDataPointerType() const
Definition: Type.h:6338
QualType getDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const
Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from the type.
Definition: Type.h:938
bool isCForbiddenLValueType() const
Determine whether expressions of the given type are forbidden from being lvalues in C...
Definition: Type.h:6252
LangAS getAddressSpace() const
Definition: Type.h:1337
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const
Definition: Type.h:3575
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const
Definition: Type.h:1342
ExtInfo withNoCallerSavedRegs(bool noCallerSavedRegs) const
Definition: Type.h:3551
DominatorTree GraphTraits specialization so the DominatorTree can be iterable by generic graph iterat...
Definition: Dominators.h:30
bool isOCLExtOpaqueType() const
Definition: Type.h:6495
Expr * getUnderlyingExpr() const
Definition: Type.h:4256
ObjCProtocolDecl *const * qual_iterator
Definition: Type.h:5435
ParameterABI getParameterABI(unsigned I) const
Definition: Type.h:4085
bool IsEnumDeclScoped(EnumDecl *ED)
Check if the given decl is scoped.
Definition: Decl.h:4335
AutoTypeKeyword
Which keyword(s) were used to create an AutoType.
Definition: Type.h:1370
void setInstantiationDependent(bool D=true)
Definition: Type.h:1795
Stmt - This represents one statement.
Definition: Stmt.h:66
NullabilityKind
Describes the nullability of a particular type.
Definition: Specifiers.h:286
ExtInfo(CallingConv CC)
Definition: Type.h:3510
Kind getKind() const
Definition: Type.h:2418
Internal representation of canonical, dependent __underlying_type(type) types.
Definition: Type.h:4330
FunctionType - C99 6.7.5.3 - Function Declarators.
Definition: Type.h:3355
QualType getPointeeType() const
If this is a pointer, ObjC object pointer, or block pointer, this returns the respective pointee...
Definition: Type.cpp:505
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, Kind attrKind, QualType modified, QualType equivalent)
Definition: Type.h:4510
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:5389
ExtInfo withNoCfCheck(bool noCfCheck) const
Definition: Type.h:3558
bool hasExtParameterInfos() const
Is there any interesting extra information for any of the parameters of this function type...
Definition: Type.h:4059
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:2745
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:4730
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Inner)
Definition: Type.h:2529
No linkage, which means that the entity is unique and can only be referred to from within its scope...
Definition: Linkage.h:27
Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const
Definition: Type.h:1329
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:3217
void addConst()
Add the const type qualifier to this QualType.
Definition: Type.h:807
bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const
True if the lifetime is either strong or weak.
Definition: Type.h:346
Qualifiers getFastTypeQuals() const
Definition: Type.h:3608
Represents a qualified type name for which the type name is dependent.
Definition: Type.h:5212
CanonicalTTPTInfo CanTTPTInfo
Definition: Type.h:4534
void setObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type)
Definition: Type.h:329
bool isRecordType() const
Definition: Type.h:6369
friend Qualifiers operator-(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R)
Compute the difference between two qualifier sets.
Definition: Type.h:543
ConstantArrayType(TypeClass tc, QualType et, QualType can, const llvm::APInt &size, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq)
Definition: Type.h:2884
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:2667
bool isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const
Test for a specific placeholder type.
Definition: Type.h:6531
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:5025
NestedNameSpecifier * getQualifier() const
Retrieve the qualification on this type.
Definition: Type.h:5231
bool isDecltypeAuto() const
Definition: Type.h:4760
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T)
Definition: Type.h:5992
SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const
Definition: Type.h:3056
Decl - This represents one declaration (or definition), e.g.
Definition: DeclBase.h:87
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:2523
void AddTaggedVal(intptr_t V, DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind Kind) const
bool isVariadic() const
Whether this function prototype is variadic.
Definition: Type.h:4002
TagDecl * getDecl() const
Definition: Type.cpp:3166
ObjCObjectTypeBitfields ObjCObjectTypeBits
Definition: Type.h:1713
bool isExtVectorType() const
Definition: Type.h:6385
SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits
Definition: Type.h:1718
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:3268
StringRef P
Represents a C++11 auto or C++14 decltype(auto) type.
Definition: Type.h:4749
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:5242
A class providing a concrete implementation of ObjCObjectType, so as to not increase the footprint of...
Definition: Type.h:5691
void removeQualifiers(Qualifiers Q)
Remove the qualifiers from the given set from this set.
Definition: Type.h:434
QualType getNonReferenceType() const
If Type is a reference type (e.g., const int&), returns the type that the reference refers to ("const...
Definition: Type.h:6245
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:3231
const DiagnosticBuilder & operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB, const Attr *At)
Definition: Attr.h:336
The base class of the type hierarchy.
Definition: Type.h:1407
ObjCObjectType(enum Nonce_ObjCInterface)
Definition: Type.h:5584
bool isClkEventT() const
Definition: Type.h:6458
void setObjCGCAttr(GC type)
Definition: Type.h:306
Represents an array type, per C99 6.7.5.2 - Array Declarators.
Definition: Type.h:2812
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:2495
AdjustedType(TypeClass TC, QualType OriginalTy, QualType AdjustedTy, QualType CanonicalPtr)
Definition: Type.h:2592
bool isRestrictQualified() const
Determine whether this type is restrict-qualified.
Definition: Type.h:6136
bool isPlaceholderType() const
Determines whether this type is a placeholder type, i.e.
Definition: Type.h:2455
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:2861
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:2659
QualType withConst() const
Definition: Type.h:810
bool getNoReturnAttr() const
Determine whether this function type includes the GNU noreturn attribute.
Definition: Type.h:3621
QualType ElementType
The element type of the vector.
Definition: Type.h:3194
bool getHasRegParm() const
Definition: Type.h:3615
QualType getValueType() const
Gets the type contained by this atomic type, i.e.
Definition: Type.h:5983
exception_iterator exception_end() const
Definition: Type.h:4053
SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const
Definition: Type.h:3260
bool isUnspecialized() const
Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized", meaning that it has no type arguments...
Definition: Type.h:5638
ObjCProtocolDecl * getProtocol(unsigned I) const
Fetch a protocol by index.
Definition: Type.h:5451
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:4100
bool isUnspecialized() const
Whether this type is unspecialized, meaning that is has no type arguments.
Definition: Type.h:5895
TemplateTypeParmDecl * getDecl() const
Definition: Type.h:4569
Qualifiers & operator+=(Qualifiers R)
Definition: Type.h:525
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET, const llvm::APInt &ArraySize, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, unsigned TypeQuals)
Definition: Type.h:2909
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:3265
QualType getElementType() const
Definition: Type.h:2847
bool hasLocalNonFastQualifiers() const
Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any "non-fast" qualifiers, e.g., those that are stored in an ExtQualType instance.
Definition: Type.h:750
TemplateName getTemplateName() const
Retrieve the name of the template that we are deducing.
Definition: Type.h:4803
QualType withFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const
Definition: Type.h:853
The type would be trivial except that it is volatile-qualified.
Definition: Type.h:1108
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:3345
static Qualifiers fromOpaqueValue(unsigned opaque)
Definition: Type.h:247
ArrayRef< ObjCProtocolDecl * > getProtocols() const
Retrieve all of the protocol qualifiers.
Definition: Type.h:5457
void removeObjCLifetime()
Definition: Type.h:332
bool isParamConsumed(unsigned I) const
Definition: Type.h:4092
unsigned getNumParams() const
Definition: Type.h:3888
bool isEnumeralType() const
Definition: Type.h:6373
const T * getAs() const
Member-template getAs<specific type>&#39;.
Definition: Type.h:6748
bool isOverloadableType() const
Determines whether this is a type for which one can define an overloaded operator.
Definition: Type.h:6670
bool hasPointerRepresentation() const
Whether this type is represented natively as a pointer.
Definition: Type.h:6679
The "union" keyword.
Definition: Type.h:5039
Extra information about a function prototype.
Definition: Type.h:3767
const ArrayType * castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const
A variant of castAs<> for array type which silently discards qualifiers from the outermost type...
Definition: Type.h:6820
LangAS
Defines the address space values used by the address space qualifier of QualType. ...
Definition: AddressSpaces.h:26
ArrayTypeBitfields ArrayTypeBits
Definition: Type.h:1708
Represents a C++17 deduced template specialization type.
Definition: Type.h:4785
The "__interface" keyword.
Definition: Type.h:5036
ExtInfo withProducesResult(bool producesResult) const
Definition: Type.h:3544
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:4135
SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const
Definition: Type.h:2998
bool isConst() const
Definition: Type.h:3630
static Qualifiers fromFastMask(unsigned Mask)
Definition: Type.h:228
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:4169
static StringRef getTagTypeKindName(TagTypeKind Kind)
Definition: Type.h:5113
ExtParameterInfo withIsConsumed(bool consumed) const
Definition: Type.h:3404
QualType(const Type *Ptr, unsigned Quals)
Definition: Type.h:662
Describes how types, statements, expressions, and declarations should be printed. ...
Definition: PrettyPrinter.h:38
static void * getAsVoidPointer(::clang::Type *P)
Definition: Type.h:78
bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const
Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments.
Definition: Type.h:5890
Represents the result of substituting a type for a template type parameter.
Definition: Type.h:4603
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:2571
QualType getLocalUnqualifiedType() const
Return this type with all of the instance-specific qualifiers removed, but without removing any quali...
Definition: Type.h:877
Linkage
Describes the different kinds of linkage (C++ [basic.link], C99 6.2.2) that an entity may have...
Definition: Linkage.h:24
noexcept(expression), value-dependent
std::string getName(ArrayRef< StringRef > Parts) const
Get the platform-specific name separator.
QualType desugar() const
Remove a single level of sugar.
Definition: Type.h:4237
The collection of all-type qualifiers we support.
Definition: Type.h:141
bool isVariableArrayType() const
Definition: Type.h:6357
bool isNoexceptExceptionSpec(ExceptionSpecificationType ESpecType)
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:4928
PipeType - OpenCL20.
Definition: Type.h:6002
bool isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const
Definition: Type.h:6401
bool isDependentSizedArrayType() const
Definition: Type.h:6361
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:3065
SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const
Definition: Type.h:3145
ElaboratedTypeBitfields ElaboratedTypeBits
Definition: Type.h:1716
Represents a struct/union/class.
Definition: Decl.h:3593
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:5678
void AddTaggedVal(intptr_t V, DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind Kind) const
Definition: Diagnostic.h:1156
DependentTypeOfExprType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E)
Definition: Type.h:4207
PackExpansionTypeBitfields PackExpansionTypeBits
Definition: Type.h:1722
QualType getOriginalType() const
Definition: Type.h:2601
FunctionType::ExtInfo ExtInfo
Definition: Type.h:3768
One of these records is kept for each identifier that is lexed.
bool operator==(ExtInfo Other) const
Definition: Type.h:3527
bool isObjCQualifiedClass() const
Definition: Type.h:5621
bool isLocalRestrictQualified() const
Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the "restrict" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have added "restrict" at a different level.
Definition: Type.h:720
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:6020
bool isNothrow(bool ResultIfDependent=false) const
Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception specification.
Definition: Type.h:3997
unsigned getRegParm() const
Definition: Type.h:3518
QualType IgnoreParens() const
Returns the specified type after dropping any outer-level parentheses.
Definition: Type.h:957
Represents a class type in Objective C.
Definition: Type.h:5538
void removeRestrict()
Definition: Type.h:270
QualType getPointeeType() const
Definition: Type.h:2654
std::pair< const Type *, Qualifiers > asPair() const
Definition: Type.h:590
Holds long-lived AST nodes (such as types and decls) that can be referred to throughout the semantic ...
Definition: ASTContext.h:155
is ARM Neon vector
Definition: Type.h:3184
ArrayRef< QualType > getParamTypes() const
Definition: Type.h:3895
ArrayRef< ExtParameterInfo > getExtParameterInfos() const
Definition: Type.h:4063
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:5328
bool isObjCInertUnsafeUnretainedType() const
Was this type written with the special inert-in-ARC __unsafe_unretained qualifier?
Definition: Type.h:1996
bool isSpelledAsLValue() const
Definition: Type.h:2689
bool isObjCIdType() const
Definition: Type.h:6422
TemplateName getTemplateName() const
Retrieve the name of the template that we are specializing.
Definition: Type.h:4904
bool isCanonicalUnqualified() const
Determines if this type would be canonical if it had no further qualification.
Definition: Type.h:1837
Defines the ExceptionSpecificationType enumeration and various utility functions. ...
void removeConst()
Definition: Type.h:260
QualType desugar() const
Remove a single level of sugar.
Definition: Type.h:5172
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:2796
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:2732
void setLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Quals)
Definition: Type.h:666
bool isReferenceType() const
Definition: Type.h:6308
Base class that is common to both the ExtQuals and Type classes, which allows QualType to access the ...
Definition: Type.h:1266
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:2472
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:5756
Represents the result of substituting a set of types for a template type parameter pack...
Definition: Type.h:4659
TagDecl * getOwnedTagDecl() const
Return the (re)declaration of this type owned by this occurrence of this type, or nullptr if there is...
Definition: Type.h:5179
friend bool operator!=(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs)
Definition: Type.h:3441
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:2938
bool isSpecialized() const
Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments.
Definition: Type.h:5887
bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const
True if the lifetime is neither None or ExplicitNone.
Definition: Type.h:340
bool isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const
Test for a particular builtin type.
Definition: Type.h:6511
qual_iterator qual_begin() const
Definition: Type.h:5439
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType, unsigned NumElements, TypeClass TypeClass, VectorKind VecKind)
Definition: Type.h:3222
Defines the clang::attr::Kind enum.
static int getPointAccessorIdx(char c)
Definition: Type.h:3294
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:2605
bool isObjCSelType() const
Definition: Type.h:6434
unsigned char getOpaqueValue() const
Definition: Type.h:3430
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Referencee, bool SpelledAsLValue)
Definition: Type.h:2706
bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const
Definition: Type.h:6416
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:2730
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:6022
bool isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType Other) const
Determine whether this type is at least as qualified as the other given type, requiring exact equalit...
Definition: Type.h:6226
bool isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const
Determine whether this type is an integral or enumeration type.
Definition: Type.h:6644
bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const
Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as written, meaning that it has no type argumen...
Definition: Type.h:5899
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:4742
ReferenceType(TypeClass tc, QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef, bool SpelledAsLValue)
Definition: Type.h:2677
Qualifiers getLocalQualifiers() const
Retrieve the set of qualifiers local to this particular QualType instance, not including any qualifie...
Definition: Type.h:6091
FunctionType(TypeClass tc, QualType res, QualType Canonical, bool Dependent, bool InstantiationDependent, bool VariablyModified, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack, ExtInfo Info)
Definition: Type.h:3597
Values of this type can be null.
void addRestrict()
Add the restrict qualifier to this QualType.
Definition: Type.h:823
bool getProducesResult() const
Definition: Type.h:3513
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:5996
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:3110
bool isObjCUnqualifiedClass() const
Definition: Type.h:5612
Type(TypeClass tc, QualType canon, bool Dependent, bool InstantiationDependent, bool VariablyModified, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack)
Definition: Type.h:1770
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:5495
An rvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref].
Definition: Type.h:2738
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:2940
UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl * getDecl() const
Definition: Type.h:4132
qual_iterator qual_end() const
Definition: Type.h:5440
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:2633
bool hasAddressSpace() const
Definition: Type.h:1336
An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (&).
Definition: Type.h:1363
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:4134
void addObjCGCAttr(GC type)
Definition: Type.h:310
Microsoft throw(...) extension.
A convenient class for passing around template argument information.
Definition: TemplateBase.h:555
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:5963
TemplateName getTemplateName() const
Definition: Type.h:5016
static void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS, StringRef FunctionName, ArrayRef< CounterExpression > Expressions, ArrayRef< CounterMappingRegion > Regions)
QualType getExceptionType(unsigned i) const
Return the ith exception type, where 0 <= i < getNumExceptions().
Definition: Type.h:3956
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:2892
bool hasAddressSpace() const
Definition: Type.h:351
Forward-declares and imports various common LLVM datatypes that clang wants to use unqualified...
void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, const Twine &PlaceHolder=Twine(), unsigned Indentation=0) const
const ArrayType * getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const
A variant of getAs<> for array types which silently discards qualifiers from the outermost type...
Definition: Type.h:6797
The "struct" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
Definition: Type.h:5052
TypeWithKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, TypeClass tc, QualType Canonical, bool Dependent, bool InstantiationDependent, bool VariablyModified, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack)
Definition: Type.h:5080
Whether values of this type can be null is (explicitly) unspecified.
bool isCurrentInstantiation() const
True if this template specialization type matches a current instantiation in the context in which it ...
Definition: Type.h:4870
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:2746
Visibility
Describes the different kinds of visibility that a declaration may have.
Definition: Visibility.h:34
bool isTypeAlias() const
Determine if this template specialization type is for a type alias template that has been substituted...
Definition: Type.h:4889
unsigned toTargetAddressSpace(LangAS AS)
Definition: AddressSpaces.h:62
Visibility getVisibility() const
Determine the visibility of this type.
Definition: Type.h:2301
llvm::iterator_range< param_type_iterator > param_type_range
Definition: Type.h:4028
Represents a typeof (or typeof) expression (a GCC extension).
Definition: Type.h:4176
bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const
Whether this type is or contains an unexpanded parameter pack, used to support C++0x variadic templat...
Definition: Type.h:1831
static bool isRecordType(QualType T)
QualType withExactLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const
Definition: Type.h:861
void addCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask)
Definition: Type.h:288
bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const
Determines whether this type is a placeholder type other than Overload.
Definition: Type.h:2468
bool isVolatileQualified() const
Determine whether this type is volatile-qualified.
Definition: Type.h:6142
LangAS getAddressSpace() const
Definition: Type.h:352
ObjCProtocolDecl *const * getProtocolStorage() const
Definition: Type.h:5413
FunctionTypeBitfields store various bits belonging to FunctionProtoType.
Definition: Type.h:1500
const Type * getClass() const
Definition: Type.h:2790
bool isRValueReferenceType() const
Definition: Type.h:6316
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:5184
Defines the Diagnostic-related interfaces.
The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified with the ARC __strong qualifier...
Definition: Type.h:1112
QualType getPointeeType() const
Definition: Type.h:6836
Values of this type can never be null.
Expr * getSizeExpr() const
Definition: Type.h:2991
static Qualifiers removeCommonQualifiers(Qualifiers &L, Qualifiers &R)
Returns the common set of qualifiers while removing them from the given sets.
Definition: Type.h:192
const Type * getTypePtr() const
Retrieves a pointer to the underlying (unqualified) type.
Definition: Type.h:6072
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:3004
const TemplateArgument * getArgs() const
Retrieve the template arguments.
Definition: Type.h:4907
param_type_iterator param_type_begin() const
Definition: Type.h:4034
TemplateTypeParmDecl * TTPDecl
Definition: Type.h:4537
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:2657
void addQualifiers(Qualifiers Q)
Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set.
Definition: Type.h:417
Type * this_()
Definition: Type.h:1787
The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified with the ARC __strong qualifier...
Definition: Type.h:1081
bool hasDynamicExceptionSpec() const
Return whether this function has a dynamic (throw) exception spec.
Definition: Type.h:3931
static bool isBooleanType(QualType Ty)
Defines the Linkage enumeration and various utility functions.
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:4319
const T * getAsAdjusted() const
Member-template getAsAdjusted<specific type>.
Definition: Type.h:6765
Represents an Objective-C protocol declaration.
Definition: DeclObjC.h:2064
const Type * operator->() const
Definition: Type.h:695
void setUnaligned(bool flag)
Definition: Type.h:298
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:5986
bool isFloat128Type() const
Definition: Type.h:6563
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:2579
bool isScalarType() const
Definition: Type.h:6629
void * getAsOpaquePtr() const
Definition: Type.h:683
bool compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(Qualifiers other) const
Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set of qualifiers from the narrow perspecti...
Definition: Type.h:503
friend Qualifiers operator+(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R)
Definition: Type.h:532
void addCVRUQualifiers(unsigned mask)
Definition: Type.h:292
void addUnaligned()
Definition: Type.h:302
Represents an ObjC class declaration.
Definition: DeclObjC.h:1172
ObjCInterfaceDecl * getInterface() const
Gets the interface declaration for this object type, if the base type really is an interface...
Definition: Type.h:5773
bool getNoReturn() const
Definition: Type.h:3512
friend bool operator==(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS)
Indicate whether the specified types and qualifiers are identical.
Definition: Type.h:964
bool isKindOfType() const
Whether this is a "__kindof" type.
Definition: Type.h:5884
PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind
Definition: Type.h:1073
FunctionDecl * SourceDecl
The function whose exception specification this is, for EST_Unevaluated and EST_Uninstantiated.
Definition: Type.h:3753
SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType() const
Definition: Type.h:942
void removeVolatile()
Definition: Type.h:265
Qualifiers getTypeQuals() const
Definition: Type.h:4015
bool hasConst() const
Definition: Type.h:258
The type does not fall into any of the following categories.
Definition: Type.h:1103
void setFastQualifiers(unsigned mask)
Definition: Type.h:387
Expr * getSizeExpr() const
Definition: Type.h:3048
bool getNoCallerSavedRegs() const
Definition: Type.h:3514
QualType getPointeeTypeAsWritten() const
Definition: Type.h:2692
Expr * getSizeExpr() const
Definition: Type.h:3258
unsigned getNumProtocols() const
Return the number of qualifying protocols in this type, or 0 if there are none.
Definition: Type.h:5446
QualType getElementType() const
Definition: Type.h:3144
bool isUnsignedFixedPointType() const
Return true if this is a fixed point type that is unsigned according to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169...
Definition: Type.h:6625
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced, QualType Replacement)
Definition: Type.h:4635
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:4575
Represents an extended vector type where either the type or size is dependent.
Definition: Type.h:3128
This object can be modified without requiring retains or releases.
Definition: Type.h:162
Defines the clang::Visibility enumeration and various utility functions.
The type does not fall into any of the following categories.
Definition: Type.h:1077
Qualifiers withoutObjCGCAttr() const
Definition: Type.h:314
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name)
Definition: Type.h:5249
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:4779
ExtInfo withCallingConv(CallingConv cc) const
Definition: Type.h:3571
friend bool operator==(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs)
Definition: Type.h:3437
Represents a K&R-style &#39;int foo()&#39; function, which has no information available about its arguments...
Definition: Type.h:3650
Expr * getAddrSpaceExpr() const
Definition: Type.h:3099
bool isHalfType() const
Definition: Type.h:6550
Provides definitions for the various language-specific address spaces.
bool hasObjCLifetime() const
Definition: Type.h:1331
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:5245
bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const
Determine whether this object type was written with type arguments.
Definition: Type.h:5632
QualType getBaseType() const
Gets the base type of this object type.
Definition: Type.h:5601
return Out str()
unsigned getLocalFastQualifiers() const
Definition: Type.h:665
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:5753
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:2525
A little helper class used to produce diagnostics.
Definition: Diagnostic.h:1043
ExtQuals(const Type *baseType, QualType canon, Qualifiers quals)
Definition: Type.h:1316
FunctionDecl * getExceptionSpecDecl() const
If this function type has an exception specification which hasn&#39;t been determined yet (either because...
Definition: Type.h:3973
Represents a prototype with parameter type info, e.g.
Definition: Type.h:3687
bool hasOnlyVolatile() const
Definition: Type.h:264
bool compatiblyIncludes(Qualifiers other) const
Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set.
Definition: Type.h:482
bool isInnerRef() const
Definition: Type.h:2690
bool isSugared() const
Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
Definition: Type.h:4240
bool isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType Other) const
Determine whether this type is more qualified than the other given type, requiring exact equality for...
Definition: Type.h:6216
qual_range quals() const
Definition: Type.h:5438
bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const
Test for a placeholder type other than Overload; see BuiltinType::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType.
Definition: Type.h:6538
This class wraps the list of protocol qualifiers.
Definition: Type.h:5409
Qualifiers getQualifiers() const
Definition: Type.h:1326
ArraySizeModifier
Capture whether this is a normal array (e.g.
Definition: Type.h:2818
const Type * getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const
If this is a pointer type, return the pointee type.
Definition: Type.h:6695
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:2569
static ExtParameterInfo getFromOpaqueValue(unsigned char data)
Definition: Type.h:3431
bool hasQualifiers() const
Determine whether this type has any qualifiers.
Definition: Type.h:6147
void addObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type)
Definition: Type.h:333
ObjCTypeParamDecl * getDecl() const
Definition: Type.h:5507
bool isSaturatedFixedPointType() const
Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169...
Definition: Type.h:6599
ObjCProtocolDecl ** getProtocolStorage()
Definition: Type.h:5417
DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits
Definition: Type.h:1721
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:3665
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, QualType NamedType, TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl)
Definition: Type.h:5188
Represents an array type in C++ whose size is a value-dependent expression.
Definition: Type.h:3026
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:2568
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:2533
RecordType(TypeClass TC, RecordDecl *D)
Definition: Type.h:4376
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:5197
QualType getElementType() const
Definition: Type.h:2490
bool isEventT() const
Definition: Type.h:6454
IdentifierInfo * getIdentifier() const
Definition: Type.cpp:3259
bool hasOnlyConst() const
Definition: Type.h:259
ExtParameterInfo withIsNoEscape(bool NoEscape) const
Definition: Type.h:3421
unsigned getNumArgs() const
Retrieve the number of template arguments.
Definition: Type.h:5299
bool isObjCGCStrong() const
true when Type is objc&#39;s strong.
Definition: Type.h:1053
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:4312
void addVolatile()
Definition: Type.h:266
This represents one expression.
Definition: Expr.h:106
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:2793
QualType getPointeeType() const
Definition: Type.h:2694
static void getAsStringInternal(SplitQualType split, std::string &out, const PrintingPolicy &policy)
Definition: Type.h:999
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:3642
The "typename" keyword precedes the qualified type name, e.g., typename T::type.
Definition: Type.h:5068
bool isFunctionNoProtoType() const
Definition: Type.h:1946
llvm::StringRef getAsString(SyncScope S)
Definition: SyncScope.h:51
unsigned getAsOpaqueValue() const
Definition: Type.h:254
static Kind getNullabilityAttrKind(NullabilityKind kind)
Retrieve the attribute kind corresponding to the given nullability kind.
Definition: Type.h:4481
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:3001
Declaration of a template type parameter.
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:3211
unsigned getIndex() const
Definition: Type.h:4566
Internal representation of canonical, dependent decltype(expr) types.
Definition: Type.h:4274
bool getHasRegParm() const
Definition: Type.h:3516
friend bool operator!=(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS)
Definition: Type.h:967
bool isObjCBuiltinType() const
Definition: Type.h:6440
const T * castAs() const
Member-template castAs<specific type>.
Definition: Type.h:6811
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:5498
ElaboratedTypeKeyword
The elaboration keyword that precedes a qualified type name or introduces an elaborated-type-specifie...
Definition: Type.h:5050
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:4816
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:4506
Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const
Returns gc attribute of this type.
Definition: Type.h:6193
const internal::VariadicAllOfMatcher< Decl > decl
Matches declarations.
ObjCSubstitutionContext
The kind of type we are substituting Objective-C type arguments into.
Definition: Type.h:607
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:2429
bool isSignedInteger() const
Definition: Type.h:2435
bool isNullPtrType() const
Definition: Type.h:6569
bool hasFastQualifiers() const
Definition: Type.h:385
unsigned getFastQualifiers() const
Definition: Type.h:386
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:4137
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const
Definition: Type.h:1037
#define bool
Definition: stdbool.h:31
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:3104
ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const
Definition: Type.h:326
void removeFastQualifiers(unsigned mask)
Definition: Type.h:391
bool isObjCClassType() const
Definition: Type.h:6428
bool canDecayToPointerType() const
Determines whether this type can decay to a pointer type.
Definition: Type.h:6675
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:2607
bool isSugared() const
Returns whether this type directly provides sugar.
Definition: Type.h:5175
QualType getBaseType() const
Definition: Type.h:4315
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:4576
bool isObjCIdType() const
True if this is equivalent to the &#39;id&#39; type, i.e.
Definition: Type.h:5856
bool isAnyComplexType() const
Definition: Type.h:6377
const IdentifierInfo * getIdentifier() const
Retrieve the type named by the typename specifier as an identifier.
Definition: Type.h:5238
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:4280
ArrayType(TypeClass tc, QualType et, QualType can, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, bool ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack)
Definition: Type.h:2834
Represents a C++ template name within the type system.
Definition: TemplateName.h:179
Represents the type decltype(expr) (C++11).
Definition: Type.h:4246
void removeLocalConst()
Definition: Type.h:6166
void removeLocalVolatile()
Definition: Type.h:6174
void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, ArrayRef< TemplateArgument > Args, const PrintingPolicy &Policy)
Print a template argument list, including the &#39;<&#39; and &#39;>&#39; enclosing the template arguments.
int Depth
Definition: ASTDiff.cpp:191
ObjCProtocolDecl * getProtocol(unsigned I) const
Retrieve a qualifying protocol by index on the object type.
Definition: Type.h:5935
const AstTypeMatcher< ArrayType > arrayType
Matches all kinds of arrays.
AutoType * getContainedAutoType() const
Get the AutoType whose type will be deduced for a variable with an initializer of this type...
Definition: Type.h:2180
A std::pair-like structure for storing a qualified type split into its local qualifiers and its local...
Definition: Type.h:577
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:3272
static Optional< NullabilityKind > stripOuterNullability(QualType &T)
Strip off the top-level nullability annotation on the given type, if it&#39;s there.
Definition: Type.cpp:3833
The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified with the ARC __weak qualifier...
Definition: Type.h:1085
A unary type transform, which is a type constructed from another.
Definition: Type.h:4289
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:2713
Qualifiers Quals
The local qualifiers.
Definition: Type.h:582
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:5243
void setAddressSpace(LangAS space)
Definition: Type.h:372
bool isObjCUnqualifiedId() const
Definition: Type.h:5611
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:2918
ScalarTypeKind
Definition: Type.h:2061
A helper class for Type nodes having an ElaboratedTypeKeyword.
Definition: Type.h:5078
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:4629
SourceLocation getEnd() const
Represents a GCC generic vector type.
Definition: Type.h:3168
ArraySizeModifier getSizeModifier() const
Definition: Type.h:2849
An lvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref].
Definition: Type.h:2720
UTTKind getUTTKind() const
Definition: Type.h:4317
unsigned getNumProtocols() const
Return the number of qualifying protocols on the object type.
Definition: Type.h:5930
Common base class for placeholders for types that get replaced by placeholder type deduction: C++11 a...
Definition: Type.h:4709
const Type * getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const
Get the base element type of this type, potentially discarding type qualifiers.
Definition: Type.h:6688
const BuiltinType * getAsPlaceholderType() const
Definition: Type.h:6524
bool hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace() const
Definition: Type.h:355
ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator qual_iterator
An iterator over the qualifiers on the object type.
Definition: Type.h:5914
The result type of a method or function.
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:5401
void removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask)
Definition: Type.h:6178
ExtInfo(bool noReturn, bool hasRegParm, unsigned regParm, CallingConv cc, bool producesResult, bool noCallerSavedRegs, bool NoCfCheck)
Definition: Type.h:3494
QualType withoutLocalFastQualifiers() const
Definition: Type.h:866
bool isObjCClass() const
Definition: Type.h:5607
bool isNull() const
Return true if this QualType doesn&#39;t point to a type yet.
Definition: Type.h:703
bool IsEnumDeclComplete(EnumDecl *ED)
Check if the given decl is complete.
Definition: Decl.h:4327
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:5754
void removeCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask)
Definition: Type.h:281
static StringRef getIdentifier(const Token &Tok)
__UINTPTR_TYPE__ uintptr_t
An unsigned integer type with the property that any valid pointer to void can be converted to this ty...
Definition: opencl-c.h:90
CallingConv
CallingConv - Specifies the calling convention that a function uses.
Definition: Specifiers.h:236
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:4336
Expr * getUnderlyingExpr() const
Definition: Type.h:4185
bool hasOnlyRestrict() const
Definition: Type.h:269
unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const
Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers applied to this type.
Definition: Type.h:6105
bool isSignedFixedPointType() const
Return true if this is a fixed point type that is signed according to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169...
Definition: Type.h:6611
ExtInfo withNoReturn(bool noReturn) const
Definition: Type.h:3537
bool isConstQualified() const
Determine whether this type is const-qualified.
Definition: Type.h:6131
bool hasTrailingReturn() const
Whether this function prototype has a trailing return type.
Definition: Type.h:4013
bool hasQualifiers() const
Return true if the set contains any qualifiers.
Definition: Type.h:413
SplitQualType split() const
Divides a QualType into its unqualified type and a set of local qualifiers.
Definition: Type.h:6080
RecordDecl * getDecl() const
Definition: Type.h:4380
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee)
Definition: Type.h:2663
noexcept(expression), evals to &#39;false&#39;
llvm::iterator_range< qual_iterator > qual_range
Definition: Type.h:5436
static void * getAsVoidPointer(::clang::ExtQuals *P)
Definition: Type.h:89
bool operator!=(ExtInfo Other) const
Definition: Type.h:3530
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:3662
ArrayRef< QualType > getTypeArgsAsWritten() const
Retrieve the type arguments for this type.
Definition: Type.h:5907
CanThrowResult
Possible results from evaluation of a noexcept expression.
static void * getAsVoidPointer(clang::QualType P)
Definition: Type.h:1247
bool isComputedNoexcept(ExceptionSpecificationType ESpecType)
There is no lifetime qualification on this type.
Definition: Type.h:158
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ResultType, ExtInfo Info)
Definition: Type.h:3669
void setNumProtocols(unsigned N)
Definition: Type.h:5421
is AltiVec &#39;vector Pixel&#39;
Definition: Type.h:3178
#define false
Definition: stdbool.h:33
The "struct" keyword.
Definition: Type.h:5033
Assigning into this object requires the old value to be released and the new value to be retained...
Definition: Type.h:169
Kind
QualType getCanonicalType() const
Definition: Type.h:6111
bool isBuiltinType() const
Helper methods to distinguish type categories.
Definition: Type.h:6365
not a target-specific vector type
Definition: Type.h:3172
ExceptionSpecificationType Type
The kind of exception specification this is.
Definition: Type.h:3743
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:4265
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:6018
param_type_range param_types() const
Definition: Type.h:4030
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:4172
ExtParameterInfo getExtParameterInfo(unsigned I) const
Definition: Type.h:4078
ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeyword() const
Definition: Type.h:5090
ExtProtoInfo getExtProtoInfo() const
Definition: Type.h:3899
bool isAccessorWithinNumElements(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) const
Definition: Type.h:3339
const ExtParameterInfo * ExtParameterInfos
Definition: Type.h:3774
Encodes a location in the source.
ObjCInterfaceDecl * getDecl() const
Get the declaration of this interface.
Definition: Type.h:5751
void addVolatile()
Add the volatile type qualifier to this QualType.
Definition: Type.h:815
Sugar for parentheses used when specifying types.
Definition: Type.h:2507
QualType getAdjustedType() const
Definition: Type.h:2602
QualType getReturnType() const
Definition: Type.h:3613
A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast to detect TagType objects of enums...
Definition: Type.h:4396
bool qual_empty() const
Definition: Type.h:5927
bool isMemberDataPointer() const
Returns true if the member type (i.e.
Definition: Type.h:2786
LangAS getAddressSpace() const
Return the address space of this type.
Definition: Type.h:6188
QualType getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const
Return the specified type with one level of "sugar" removed from the type.
Definition: Type.h:951
Represents typeof(type), a GCC extension.
Definition: Type.h:4219
Interfaces are the core concept in Objective-C for object oriented design.
Definition: Type.h:5738
bool isVariablyModifiedType() const
Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5).
Definition: Type.h:2095
static inline ::clang::ExtQuals * getFromVoidPointer(void *P)
Definition: Type.h:91
bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const
True if this is equivalent to &#39;Class.
Definition: Type.h:5879
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:2616
A simple holder for various uncommon bits which do not fit in FunctionTypeBitfields.
Definition: Type.h:3589
bool hasObjCGCAttr() const
Definition: Type.h:1328
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:2806
ParameterABI getABI() const
Return the ABI treatment of this parameter.
Definition: Type.h:3394
unsigned NumExceptionType
The number of types in the exception specification.
Definition: Type.h:3593
Represents the declaration of a struct/union/class/enum.
Definition: Decl.h:3064
static bool isPlaceholderTypeKind(Kind K)
Determines whether the given kind corresponds to a placeholder type.
Definition: Type.h:2448
CallingConv getCC() const
Definition: Type.h:3525
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:3061
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:2904
QualType getElementType() const
Definition: Type.h:3203
static QualType getUnderlyingType(const SubRegion *R)
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T)
Definition: Type.h:5959
Represents a vector type where either the type or size is dependent.
Definition: Type.h:3245
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:3106
unsigned getLocalCVRQualifiers() const
Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers local to this particular QualType instan...
Definition: Type.h:765
void FixedPointValueToString(SmallVectorImpl< char > &Str, llvm::APSInt Val, unsigned Scale)
Definition: Type.cpp:4017
bool isRestrict() const
Definition: Type.h:3632
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:5939
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:4311
static bool hasAttr(const FunctionDecl *D, bool IgnoreImplicitAttr)
Definition: SemaCUDA.cpp:99
void initialize(ArrayRef< ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols)
Definition: Type.h:5425
bool hasExceptionSpec() const
Return whether this function has any kind of exception spec.
Definition: Type.h:3928
bool hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const
Whether this type can represent an objective pointer type for the purpose of GC&#39;ability.
Definition: Type.h:6684
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:5022
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:4408
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:4631
Represents a C++ nested name specifier, such as "\::std::vector<int>::".
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const Type *BaseType, Qualifiers Quals)
Definition: Type.h:1346
No ref-qualifier was provided.
Definition: Type.h:1360
bool isParameterPack() const
Definition: Type.h:4567
const TemplateTypeParmType * getReplacedParameter() const
Gets the template parameter that was substituted for.
Definition: Type.h:4677
QualType getEquivalentType() const
Definition: Type.h:4451
Expr * getNoexceptExpr() const
Return the expression inside noexcept(expression), or a null pointer if there is none (because the ex...
Definition: Type.h:3963
CanQual< Type > CanQualType
Represents a canonical, potentially-qualified type.
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: TemplateName.h:306
AttributedTypeBitfields AttributedTypeBits
Definition: Type.h:1709
bool hasRestrict() const
Definition: Type.h:268
QualType getInnerType() const
Definition: Type.h:2520
Qualifiers withoutObjCLifetime() const
Definition: Type.h:319
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Deduced, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, bool IsDependent)
Definition: Type.h:4772
ExceptionSpecInfo(ExceptionSpecificationType EST)
Definition: Type.h:3761
bool isMemberFunctionPointerType() const
Definition: Type.h:6331
bool isObjCObjectPointerType() const
Definition: Type.h:6393
bool isAnyPointerType() const
Definition: Type.h:6300
is AltiVec &#39;vector bool ...&#39;
Definition: Type.h:3181
RefQualifierKind
The kind of C++11 ref-qualifier associated with a function type.
Definition: Type.h:1358
SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedType() const
Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, removing as little sugar as possible.
Definition: Type.h:6159
ExtParameterInfo withHasPassObjectSize() const
Definition: Type.h:3414
NestedNameSpecifier * getQualifier() const
Retrieve the qualification on this type.
Definition: Type.h:5166
bool isFunctionProtoType() const
Definition: Type.h:1947
DestructionKind isDestructedType() const
Returns a nonzero value if objects of this type require non-trivial work to clean up after...
Definition: Type.h:1152
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:4453
is AltiVec vector
Definition: Type.h:3175
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:4391
AutoTypeKeyword getKeyword() const
Definition: Type.h:4764
bool isAddressSpaceOverlapping(const PointerType &other) const
Returns true if address spaces of pointers overlap.
Definition: Type.h:2560
Qualifiers getIndexTypeQualifiers() const
Definition: Type.h:2853
TypeClass getTypeClass() const
Definition: Type.h:1811
Qualifiers & operator-=(Qualifiers R)
Definition: Type.h:537
ArrayRef< TemplateArgument > template_arguments() const
Definition: Type.h:5305
QualType getSuperClassType() const
Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object type.
Definition: Type.h:5666
bool isTargetAddressSpace(LangAS AS)
Definition: AddressSpaces.h:58
static bool isVectorSizeTooLarge(unsigned NumElements)
Definition: Type.h:3206
EnumDecl * getDecl() const
Definition: Type.h:4403
const char * getNameAsCString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const
Definition: Type.h:2421
bool isVectorType() const
Definition: Type.h:6381
__DEVICE__ void * memcpy(void *__a, const void *__b, size_t __c)
The width of the "fast" qualifier mask.
Definition: Type.h:184
An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (&&).
Definition: Type.h:1366
SourceRange getBracketsRange() const
Definition: Type.h:3054
void removeObjCGCAttr()
Definition: Type.h:309
void addFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs)
Definition: Type.h:834
TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields TemplateSpecializationTypeBits
Definition: Type.h:1719
Optional< unsigned > getNumExpansions() const
Retrieve the number of expansions that this pack expansion will generate, if known.
Definition: Type.h:5380
static QualType getFromOpaquePtr(const void *Ptr)
Definition: Type.h:685
void setVariablyModified(bool VM=true)
Definition: Type.h:1798
bool isCanonical() const
Definition: Type.h:6116
ParameterABI
Kinds of parameter ABI.
Definition: Specifiers.h:309
bool isLocalVolatileQualified() const
Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the "volatile" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have added "volatile" at a different level.
Definition: Type.h:730
bool isInstantiationDependentType() const
Determine whether this type is an instantiation-dependent type, meaning that the type involves a temp...
Definition: Type.h:2085
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:5955
bool isTemplateTypeParmType() const
Definition: Type.h:6507
ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const
Get the kind of exception specification on this function.
Definition: Type.h:3922
Represents a pointer type decayed from an array or function type.
Definition: Type.h:2622
The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified with the ARC __weak qualifier...
Definition: Type.h:1116
The injected class name of a C++ class template or class template partial specialization.
Definition: Type.h:4978
exception_iterator exception_begin() const
Definition: Type.h:4048
QualType getPointeeType() const
Definition: Type.h:3100
Represents a pack expansion of types.
Definition: Type.h:5355
Defines various enumerations that describe declaration and type specifiers.
bool isPlaceholderType() const
Test for a type which does not represent an actual type-system type but is instead used as a placehol...
Definition: Type.h:6518
bool isObjCGCWeak() const
true when Type is objc&#39;s weak.
Definition: Type.h:1048
Base class for declarations which introduce a typedef-name.
Definition: Decl.h:2916
QualType withVolatile() const
Definition: Type.h:818
friend bool operator!=(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b)
Definition: Type.h:597
Represents a template argument.
Definition: TemplateBase.h:51
bool isDeduced() const
Definition: Type.h:4738
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:4410
Represents a type which was implicitly adjusted by the semantic engine for arbitrary reasons...
Definition: Type.h:2585
bool isPipeType() const
Definition: Type.h:6477
QualType withRestrict() const
Definition: Type.h:826
TagTypeKind
The kind of a tag type.
Definition: Type.h:5031
Optional< types::ID > Type
bool isObjCId() const
Definition: Type.h:5603
GC getObjCGCAttr() const
Definition: Type.h:305
StreamedQualTypeHelper stream(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, const Twine &PlaceHolder=Twine(), unsigned Indentation=0) const
Definition: Type.h:1027
Dataflow Directional Tag Classes.
bool isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const
Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169...
Definition: Type.h:6607
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:2604
SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const
Definition: Type.h:2999
bool isFloat16Type() const
Definition: Type.h:6557
ExtInfo getExtInfo() const
Definition: Type.h:3624
bool isObjCIdOrClassType() const
True if this is equivalent to the &#39;id&#39; or &#39;Class&#39; type,.
Definition: Type.h:5867
not evaluated yet, for special member function
A qualifier set is used to build a set of qualifiers.
Definition: Type.h:6039
NestedNameSpecifier * getQualifier() const
Definition: Type.h:5290
DeclContext - This is used only as base class of specific decl types that can act as declaration cont...
Definition: DeclBase.h:1262
void setContainsUnexpandedParameterPack(bool PP=true)
Definition: Type.h:1800
ExtParameterInfo withABI(ParameterABI kind) const
Definition: Type.h:3395
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:3675
TypeWithKeywordBitfields TypeWithKeywordBits
Definition: Type.h:1715
ArrayRef< QualType > getTypeArgs() const
Retrieve the type arguments for this type.
Definition: Type.h:5902
void removeLocalFastQualifiers()
Definition: Type.h:845
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:4695
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:4193
const TemplateArgument * getArgs() const
Retrieve the template arguments.
Definition: Type.h:5294
bool isObjCClassType() const
True if this is equivalent to the &#39;Class&#39; type, i.e.
Definition: Type.h:5862
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:5940
Reads an AST files chain containing the contents of a translation unit.
Definition: ASTReader.h:355
TypedefType(TypeClass tc, const TypedefNameDecl *D, QualType can)
Definition: Type.h:4157
bool isDependentAddressSpaceType() const
Definition: Type.h:6389
Interesting information about a specific parameter that can&#39;t simply be reflected in parameter&#39;s type...
Definition: Type.h:3381
StreamedQualTypeHelper(const QualType &T, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, const Twine &PlaceHolder, unsigned Indentation)
Definition: Type.h:1015
bool hasLocalQualifiers() const
Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any qualifiers, without looking through any t...
Definition: Type.h:740
QualType getUnderlyingType() const
Definition: Type.h:4257
const Type * getBaseType() const
Definition: Type.h:1339
Represents a dependent using declaration which was marked with typename.
Definition: DeclCXX.h:3667
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:3148
Represents the declaration of an Objective-C type parameter.
Definition: DeclObjC.h:559
VectorKind getVectorKind() const
Definition: Type.h:3213
ArrayRef< QualType > exceptions() const
Definition: Type.h:4044
static std::string getAsString(SplitQualType split, const PrintingPolicy &Policy)
Definition: Type.h:971
The "union" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
Definition: Type.h:5058
bool isBooleanType() const
Definition: Type.h:6657
const Type * strip(QualType type)
Collect any qualifiers on the given type and return an unqualified type.
Definition: Type.h:6046
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:3154
const ObjCObjectType * getObjectType() const
Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer.
Definition: Type.h:5835
The "class" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
Definition: Type.h:5061
friend raw_ostream & operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const StreamedQualTypeHelper &SQT)
Definition: Type.h:1020
ReferenceTypeBitfields ReferenceTypeBits
Definition: Type.h:1714
Represents an enum.
Definition: Decl.h:3326
FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(const Type &t)
Definition: Type.h:6197
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:2702
QualType(const ExtQuals *Ptr, unsigned Quals)
Definition: Type.h:663
A pointer to member type per C++ 8.3.3 - Pointers to members.
Definition: Type.h:2756
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:5679
QualType getCallResultType(const ASTContext &Context) const
Determine the type of an expression that calls a function of this type.
Definition: Type.h:3636
bool hasObjCLifetime() const
Definition: Type.h:325
SplitQualType getSingleStepDesugaredType() const
Definition: Type.h:6065
void setCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask)
Definition: Type.h:277
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Orig, QualType New)
Definition: Type.h:2611
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pattern, Optional< unsigned > NumExpansions)
Definition: Type.h:5393
ExtProtoInfo withExceptionSpec(const ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI)
Definition: Type.h:3781
const TemplateTypeParmType * getReplacedParameter() const
Gets the template parameter that was substituted for.
Definition: Type.h:4618
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:2729
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:4578
bool isUndeducedType() const
Determine whether this type is an undeduced type, meaning that it somehow involves a C++11 &#39;auto&#39; typ...
Definition: Type.h:6663
Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const
Definition: Type.h:1332
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:3150
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const
Definition: Type.h:555
void addConsistentQualifiers(Qualifiers qs)
Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set, given that they don&#39;t conflict.
Definition: Type.h:452
bool hasCVRQualifiers() const
Definition: Type.h:273
bool isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() const
Definition: Type.h:5613
void addConst()
Definition: Type.h:261
QualType getUnderlyingType() const
Definition: Type.h:4314
void removeCVRQualifiers()
Definition: Type.h:285
QualType getModifiedType() const
Definition: Type.h:4450
iterator begin() const
Definition: Type.h:4900
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T, bool isRead)
Definition: Type.h:6026
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:4407
Represents a pointer to an Objective C object.
Definition: Type.h:5794
Pointer to a block type.
Definition: Type.h:2639
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType BaseType, UTTKind UKind)
Definition: Type.h:4340
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:4591
bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const
Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as written, meaning that it has no type argumen...
Definition: Type.h:5642
FunctionTypeBitfields FunctionTypeBits
Definition: Type.h:1712
bool isIncompleteArrayType() const
Definition: Type.h:6353
FunctionDecl * SourceTemplate
The function template whose exception specification this is instantiated from, for EST_Uninstantiated...
Definition: Type.h:3757
A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast to detect TagType objects of structs/unions/cl...
Definition: Type.h:4370
Complex values, per C99 6.2.5p11.
Definition: Type.h:2477
unsigned getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers() const
Definition: Type.h:2857
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:4105
unsigned getNumArgs() const
Retrieve the number of template arguments.
Definition: Type.h:4912
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:2503
bool isObjCQualifiedId() const
Definition: Type.h:5620
static bool classof(const OMPClause *T)
bool empty() const
Definition: Type.h:414
ObjCInterfaceDecl * getInterfaceDecl() const
If this pointer points to an Objective @interface type, gets the declaration for that interface...
Definition: Type.h:5850
QualType getCanonicalTypeInternal() const
Definition: Type.h:2355
AutoTypeBitfields AutoTypeBits
Definition: Type.h:1710
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:4517
bool isReserveIDT() const
Definition: Type.h:6466
unsigned getCVRUQualifiers() const
Definition: Type.h:275
bool isIntegerType() const
isIntegerType() does not include complex integers (a GCC extension).
Definition: Type.h:6578
bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const
Definition: Type.h:1062
void addRestrict()
Definition: Type.h:271
bool isFromAST() const
Whether this type comes from an AST file.
Definition: Type.h:1814
friend TrailingObjects
Definition: OpenMPClause.h:99
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:2944
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:2748
const llvm::APInt & getSize() const
Definition: Type.h:2890
bool isImageType() const
Definition: Type.h:6470
Kind getAttrKind() const
Definition: Type.h:4446
bool isAtomicType() const
Definition: Type.h:6406
bool isFunctionType() const
Definition: Type.h:6292
bool hasNonFastQualifiers() const
Return true if the set contains any qualifiers which require an ExtQuals node to be allocated...
Definition: Type.h:405
bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Qualifiers other) const
Returns true if this address space is a superset of the other one.
Definition: Type.h:469
VectorTypeBitfields VectorTypeBits
Definition: Type.h:1717
bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const
Definition: Type.h:6410
std::integral_constant< bool, std::is_same< T, ArrayType >::value||std::is_base_of< ArrayType, T >::value > TypeIsArrayType
Definition: Type.h:6745
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:5256
llvm::iterator_range< qual_iterator > qual_range
Definition: Type.h:5915
ExtVectorType - Extended vector type.
Definition: Type.h:3287
bool isInteger() const
Definition: Type.h:2431
Base for LValueReferenceType and RValueReferenceType.
Definition: Type.h:2673
SourceRange getBracketsRange() const
Definition: Type.h:2997
bool isVolatile() const
Definition: Type.h:3631
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:5023
qual_range quals() const
Definition: Type.h:5917
ExceptionSpecificationType
The various types of exception specifications that exist in C++11.
Holds information about the various types of exception specification.
Definition: Type.h:3741
QualType getUnderlyingType() const
Definition: Type.h:4234
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:6031
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:4942
Implements a partial diagnostic that can be emitted anwyhere in a DiagnosticBuilder stream...
The "class" keyword.
Definition: Type.h:5042
bool isConstantArrayType() const
Definition: Type.h:6349
QualType getNonLValueExprType(const ASTContext &Context) const
Determine the type of a (typically non-lvalue) expression with the specified result type...
Definition: Type.cpp:2806
static clang::QualType getFromVoidPointer(void *P)
Definition: Type.h:1251
const Type * getTypePtrOrNull() const
Definition: Type.h:6076
bool isObjectType() const
Determine whether this type is an object type.
Definition: Type.h:1866
ArrayRef< QualType > Exceptions
Explicitly-specified list of exception types.
Definition: Type.h:3746
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:4099
bool isObjCObjectType() const
Definition: Type.h:6397
bool hasObjCGCAttr() const
Definition: Type.h:304
The type-property cache.
Definition: Type.cpp:3448
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:3346
bool hasNoexceptExceptionSpec() const
Return whether this function has a noexcept exception spec.
Definition: Type.h:3936
QualType withCVRQualifiers(unsigned CVR) const
Definition: Type.h:830
bool isLValueReferenceType() const
Definition: Type.h:6312
VectorType::VectorKind getVectorKind() const
Definition: Type.h:3261
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:5985
TypedefNameDecl * getDecl() const
Definition: Type.h:4167
TypeBitfields TypeBits
Definition: Type.h:1707
Reading or writing from this object requires a barrier call.
Definition: Type.h:172
bool isQueueT() const
Definition: Type.h:6462
Expr * NoexceptExpr
Noexcept expression, if this is a computed noexcept specification.
Definition: Type.h:3749
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:2522
The fast qualifier mask.
Definition: Type.h:187
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee, const Type *Class)
Definition: Type.h:2800
unsigned getDepth() const
Definition: Type.h:4565
An attributed type is a type to which a type attribute has been applied.
Definition: Type.h:4425
QualType getParamType(unsigned i) const
Definition: Type.h:3890
Represents a type parameter type in Objective C.
Definition: Type.h:5464
bool isCanonicalAsParam() const
Definition: Type.h:6120
CallingConv getCallConv() const
Definition: Type.h:3623
Defines the clang::SourceLocation class and associated facilities.
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:4805
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:3002
QualType getAliasedType() const
Get the aliased type, if this is a specialization of a type alias template.
Definition: Type.h:4893
QualType getUnqualifiedType() const
Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, removing as little sugar as possible.
Definition: Type.h:6152
bool hasUnaligned() const
Definition: Type.h:297
Represents a C++ struct/union/class.
Definition: DeclCXX.h:300
void removeLocalRestrict()
Definition: Type.h:6170
Represents a template specialization type whose template cannot be resolved, e.g. ...
Definition: Type.h:5264
ArrayRef< TemplateArgument > template_arguments() const
Definition: Type.h:4920
bool isMemberFunctionPointer() const
Returns true if the member type (i.e.
Definition: Type.h:2780
bool isLocalConstQualified() const
Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the "const" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have added "const" at a different level.
Definition: Type.h:710
bool isVoidType() const
Definition: Type.h:6544
bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const
Definition: Type.h:1066
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:5386
qual_iterator qual_end() const
Definition: Type.h:5923
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:4642
Represents a C array with an unspecified size.
Definition: Type.h:2926
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:3059
SplitQualType(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs)
Definition: Type.h:585
void removeFastQualifiers()
Definition: Type.h:395
static inline ::clang::Type * getFromVoidPointer(void *P)
Definition: Type.h:80
Qualifiers getQualifiers() const
Retrieve the set of qualifiers applied to this type.
Definition: Type.h:6099
The parameter type of a method or function.
QualType getNamedType() const
Retrieve the type named by the qualified-id.
Definition: Type.h:5169
DeducedType(TypeClass TC, QualType DeducedAsType, bool IsDependent, bool IsInstantiationDependent, bool ContainsParameterPack)
Definition: Type.h:4711
QualType getReplacementType() const
Gets the type that was substituted for the template parameter.
Definition: Type.h:4624
bool isSamplerT() const
Definition: Type.h:6450
The "enum" keyword.
Definition: Type.h:5045
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:4210
qual_iterator qual_begin() const
Definition: Type.h:5919
unsigned kind
All of the diagnostics that can be emitted by the frontend.
Definition: DiagnosticIDs.h:61
This class is used for builtin types like &#39;int&#39;.
Definition: Type.h:2391
Writes an AST file containing the contents of a translation unit.
Definition: ASTWriter.h:104
unsigned getRegParmType() const
Definition: Type.h:3616
static bool isCharType(QualType T)
bool qual_empty() const
Definition: Type.h:5442
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:4141
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:4242
Qualifiers getNonFastQualifiers() const
Definition: Type.h:406
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:2794
bool isVisibilityExplicit() const
Return true if the visibility was explicitly set is the code.
Definition: Type.h:2306
void removeLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Mask)
Definition: Type.h:846
unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const
Definition: Type.h:274
bool isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const
Definition: Type.h:6487
static Qualifiers fromCVRMask(unsigned CVR)
Definition: Type.h:234
SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const
Definition: Type.h:3055
bool hasVolatile() const
Definition: Type.h:263
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:4388
static Decl::Kind getKind(const Decl *D)
Definition: DeclBase.cpp:954
unsigned getNumElements() const
Definition: Type.h:3204
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:5387
bool isFundamentalType() const
Tests whether the type is categorized as a fundamental type.
Definition: Type.h:6260
bool isReadOnly() const
Definition: Type.h:6035
bool isDependentType() const
Whether this type is a dependent type, meaning that its definition somehow depends on a template para...
Definition: Type.h:2079
Represents an extended address space qualifier where the input address space value is dependent...
Definition: Type.h:3086
Represents a type template specialization; the template must be a class template, a type alias templa...
Definition: Type.h:4841
bool isPointerType() const
Definition: Type.h:6296
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Element)
Definition: Type.h:2499
unsigned getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue() const
Get the address space attribute value to be printed by diagnostics.
Definition: Type.h:359
void addAddressSpace(LangAS space)
Definition: Type.h:378
RecordType(const RecordDecl *D)
Definition: Type.h:4374
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, unsigned TypeQuals)
Definition: Type.h:2949
static SimpleType getSimplifiedValue(::clang::QualType Val)
Definition: Type.h:1239
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:3266
We can encode up to four bits in the low bits of a type pointer, but there are many more type qualifi...
Definition: Type.h:1295
#define true
Definition: stdbool.h:32
bool isConsumed() const
Is this parameter considered "consumed" by Objective-C ARC? Consumed parameters must have retainable ...
Definition: Type.h:3403
BuiltinTypeBitfields BuiltinTypeBits
Definition: Type.h:1711
static int getNumericAccessorIdx(char c)
Definition: Type.h:3304
A trivial tuple used to represent a source range.
This represents a decl that may have a name.
Definition: Decl.h:249
A simple holder for a QualType representing a type in an exception specification. ...
Definition: Type.h:3583
void addFastQualifiers(unsigned mask)
Definition: Type.h:398
bool isOpenCLSpecificType() const
Definition: Type.h:6502
FunctionDecl * getExceptionSpecTemplate() const
If this function type has an uninstantiated exception specification, this is the function whose excep...
Definition: Type.h:3984
Represents a C array with a specified size that is not an integer-constant-expression.
Definition: Type.h:2971
No keyword precedes the qualified type name.
Definition: Type.h:5071
bool isConstant(const ASTContext &Ctx) const
Definition: Type.h:773
static int getAccessorIdx(char c, bool isNumericAccessor)
Definition: Type.h:3332
SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const
Definition: Type.h:3101
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:5988
QualType getElementType() const
Definition: Type.h:3259
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context)
Definition: Type.h:5317
const ExtParameterInfo * getExtParameterInfosOrNull() const
Return a pointer to the beginning of the array of extra parameter information, if present...
Definition: Type.h:4072
bool isFunctionPointerType() const
Definition: Type.h:6320
friend bool operator==(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b)
Definition: Type.h:594
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D)
Definition: Type.h:4145
void removeAddressSpace()
Definition: Type.h:377
SourceLocation getBegin() const
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:4389
QualifierCollector(Qualifiers Qs=Qualifiers())
Definition: Type.h:6041
bool operator!=(Qualifiers Other) const
Definition: Type.h:521
The "__interface" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier.
Definition: Type.h:5055
Represents the canonical version of C arrays with a specified constant size.
Definition: Type.h:2872
ExceptionSpecInfo ExceptionSpec
Definition: Type.h:3773
bool isUnsignedInteger() const
Definition: Type.h:2439
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:5681
ExtInfo withRegParm(unsigned RegParm) const
Definition: Type.h:3565
A class which abstracts out some details necessary for making a call.
Definition: Type.h:3466
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:4454
static bool classof(const Type *T)
Definition: Type.h:3348
bool isIncompleteOrObjectType() const
Return true if this is an incomplete or object type, in other words, not a function type...
Definition: Type.h:1861
bool hasSizedVLAType() const
Whether this type involves a variable-length array type with a definite size.
Definition: Type.cpp:3964
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned Depth, unsigned Index, bool ParameterPack, TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl)
Definition: Type.h:4582
QualType getPointeeType() const
Definition: Type.h:2776
void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
Definition: Type.h:4768
QualType desugar() const
Definition: Type.h:5496
noexcept(expression), evals to &#39;true&#39;
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:3210
const IdentifierInfo * getIdentifier() const
Definition: Type.h:5291
Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const
Returns lifetime attribute of this type.
Definition: Type.h:1058
param_type_iterator param_type_end() const
Definition: Type.h:4038
static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName Template, QualType Deduced, bool IsDependent)
Definition: Type.h:4809
bool isCompoundType() const
Tests whether the type is categorized as a compound type.
Definition: Type.h:6270
QualType getPointeeType() const
Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer.
Definition: Type.h:5810
bool isSugared() const
Definition: Type.h:2891